SlideShare a Scribd company logo
GE Fanuc Automation
Computer Numerical Control Products
Series 16i/160i/160is-MB
Series 18i/180i/180is-MB5
Series 18i/180i/180is-MB
Operator's Manual
GFZ-63534EN/02 June 2002
GFL-001
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes
as Used in this Publication
Warning
Warning notices are used in this publication to emphasize that hazardous voltages, currents,
temperatures, or other conditions that could cause personal injury exist in this equipment or
may be associated with its use.
In situations where inattention could cause either personal injury or damage to equipment, a
Warning notice is used.
Caution
Caution notices are used where equipment might be damaged if care is not taken.
Note
Notes merely call attention to information that is especially significant to understanding and
operating the equipment.
This document is based on information available at the time of its publication. While efforts
have been made to be accurate, the information contained herein does not purport to cover all
details or variations in hardware or software, nor to provide for every possible contingency in
connection with installation, operation, or maintenance. Features may be described herein
which are not present in all hardware and software systems. GE Fanuc Automation assumes
no obligation of notice to holders of this document with respect to changes subsequently made.
GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory
with respect to, and assumes no responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, sufficiency, or
usefulness of the information contained herein. No warranties of merchantability or fitness for
purpose shall apply.
©Copyright 2002 GE Fanuc Automation North America, Inc.
All Rights Reserved.
s–1
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
This section describes the safety precautions related to the use of CNC units. It is essential that these precautions
be observed by users to ensure the safe operation of machines equipped with a CNC unit (all descriptions in this
section assume this configuration). Note that some precautions are related only to specific functions, and thus
may not be applicable to certain CNC units.
Usersmust also observe the safety precautions related to the machine, as described in the relevant manualsupplied
by the machine tool builder. Before attempting to operate the machine or create a program to control the operation
of the machine, the operator must become fully familiar with the contents of this manual and relevant manual
supplied by the machine tool builder.
Contents
1. DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND NOTE s–2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. GENERAL WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS s–3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS RELATED TO PROGRAMMING s–5
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS RELATED TO HANDLING s–7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5. WARNINGS RELATED TO DAILY MAINTENANCE s–9
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS B–63534EN/02
s–2
1 DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND NOTE
This manual includes safety precautions for protecting the user and preventing damage to the
machine. Precautions are classified into Warning and Caution according to their bearing on safety.
Also, supplementary information is described as a Note. Read the Warning, Caution, and Note
thoroughly before attempting to use the machine.
WARNING
Applied when there is a danger of the user being injured or when there is a danger of both the user
being injured and the equipment being damaged if the approved procedure is not observed.
CAUTION
Applied when there is a danger of the equipment being damaged, if the approved procedure is not
observed.
NOTE
The Note is used to indicate supplementary information other than Warning and Caution.
` Read this manual carefully, and store it in a safe place.
B–63534EN/02 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
s–3
2 GENERAL WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS
WARNING
1. Never attempt to machine a workpiece without first checking the operation of the machine.
Before starting a production run, ensure that the machine is operating correctly by performing
a trial run using, for example, the single block, feedrate override, or machine lock function or
by operating the machine with neither a tool nor workpiece mounted. Failure to confirm the
correct operation of the machine may result in the machine behaving unexpectedly, possibly
causing damage to the workpiece and/or machine itself, or injury to the user.
2. Before operating the machine, thoroughly check the entered data.
Operating the machine with incorrectly specified data may result in the machine behaving
unexpectedly, possibly causing damage to the workpiece and/or machine itself, or injury to the
user.
3. Ensure that the specified feedrate is appropriate for the intended operation. Generally, for each
machine, there is a maximum allowable feedrate. The appropriate feedrate varies with the
intended operation. Refer to the manual provided with the machine to determine the maximum
allowable feedrate. If a machine is run at other than the correct speed, it may behave
unexpectedly, possibly causing damage to the workpiece and/or machine itself, or injury to the
user.
4. When using a tool compensation function, thoroughly check the direction and amount of
compensation.
Operating the machine with incorrectly specified data may result in the machine behaving
unexpectedly, possibly causing damage to the workpiece and/or machine itself, or injury to the
user.
5. Theparameters for the CNC and PMC are factory–set. Usually, there is not need to change them.
When, however, there is not alternative other than to change a parameter, ensure that you fully
understand the function of the parameter before making any change.
Failure to set a parameter correctly may result in the machine behaving unexpectedly, possibly
causing damage to the workpiece and/or machine itself, or injury to the user.
6. Immediately after switching on the power, do not touch any of the keys on the MDI panel until
the position display or alarm screen appears on the CNC unit.
Some of the keys on the MDI panel are dedicated to maintenance or other special operations.
Pressing any of these keys may place the CNC unit in other than its normal state. Starting the
machine in this state may cause it to behave unexpectedly.
7. The operator’s manual and programming manual supplied with a CNC unit provide an overall
description of the machine’s functions, including any optional functions. Note that the optional
functions will vary from one machine model to another. Therefore, some functions described
in the manuals may not actually be available for a particular model. Check the specification of
the machine if in doubt.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS B–63534EN/02
s–4
WARNING
8. Some functions may have been implemented at the request of the machine–tool builder. When
using such functions, refer to the manual supplied by the machine–tool builder for details of their
use and any related cautions.
CAUTION
1 Do not remove the internal parts, including the ATA card and compact flash card, from within
the CNC.
NOTE
Programs, parameters, and macro variables are stored in nonvolatile memory in the CNC unit.
Usually, they are retained even if the power is turned off. Such data may be deleted inadvertently,
however, or it may prove necessary to delete all data from nonvolatile memory as part of error
recovery.
To guard against the occurrence of the above, and assure quick restoration of deleted data, backup
all vital data, and keep the backup copy in a safe place.
B–63534EN/02 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
s–5
3 WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS RELATED TO
PROGRAMMING
This section covers the major safety precautions related to programming. Before attempting to
perform programming, read the supplied operator’s manual and programming manual carefully
such that you are fully familiar with their contents.
WARNING
1. Coordinate system setting
If a coordinate system is established incorrectly, the machine may behave unexpectedly as a
result of the program issuing an otherwise valid move command.
Such an unexpected operation may damage the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or cause
injury to the user.
2. Positioning by nonlinear interpolation
When performing positioning by nonlinear interpolation (positioning by nonlinear movement
between the start and end points), the tool path must be carefully confirmed before performing
programming.
Positioning involves rapid traverse. If the tool collides with the workpiece, it may damage the
tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or cause injury to the user.
3. Function involving a rotation axis
When programming polar coordinate interpolation or normal–direction (perpendicular) control,
pay careful attention to the speed of the rotation axis. Incorrect programming may result in the
rotation axis speed becoming excessively high, such that centrifugal force causes the chuck to
lose its grip on the workpiece if the latter is not mounted securely.
Such mishap is likely to damage the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or cause injury to
the user.
4. Inch/metric conversion
Switching between inch and metric inputs does not convert the measurement units of data such
as the workpiece origin offset, parameter, and current position. Before starting the machine,
therefore, determine which measurement units are being used. Attempting to perform an
operation with invalid data specified may damage the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or
cause injury to the user.
5. Constant surface speed control
When an axis subject to constant surface speed control approaches the origin of the workpiece
coordinate system, the spindle speed may become excessively high. Therefore, it is necessary
to specify a maximum allowable speed. Specifying the maximum allowable speed incorrectly
may damage the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or cause injury to the user.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS B–63534EN/02
s–6
WARNING
6. Stroke check
After switching on the power, perform a manual reference position return as required. Stroke
checkis not possible before manual reference position return is performed. Notethatwhenstroke
check is disabled, an alarm is not issued even if a stroke limit is exceeded, possibly damaging
the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or causing injury to the user.
7. Tool post interference check
A tool post interference check is performed based on the tool data specified during automatic
operation. If the tool specification does not match the tool actually being used, the interference
check cannot be made correctly, possibly damaging the tool or the machine itself, or causing
injury to the user.
After switching on the power, or after selecting a tool post manually, always start automatic
operation and specify the tool number of the tool to be used.
8. Absolute/incremental mode
If a program created with absolute values is run in incremental mode, or vice versa, the machine
may behave unexpectedly.
9. Plane selection
Ifan incorrect plane is specified for circular interpolation, helical interpolation, oracannedcycle,
the machine may behave unexpectedly. Refer to the descriptions of the respective functions for
details.
10. Torque limit skip
Before attempting a torque limit skip, apply the torque limit. If a torque limit skip is specified
without the torque limit actually being applied, a move command will be executed without
performing a skip.
11. Programmable mirror image
Note that programmed operations vary considerably when a programmable mirror image is
enabled.
12. Compensation function
If a command based on the machine coordinate system or a reference position return command
is issued in compensation function mode, compensation is temporarily canceled, resulting in the
unexpected behavior of the machine.
Before issuing any of the above commands, therefore, always cancel compensation function
mode.
B–63534EN/02 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
s–7
4 WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS RELATED TO HANDLING
This section presents safety precautions related to the handling of machine tools. Before attempting
to operate your machine, read the supplied operator’s manual and programming manual carefully,
such that you are fully familiar with their contents.
WARNING
1. Manual operation
When operating the machine manually, determine the current position of the tool and workpiece,
and ensure that the movement axis, direction, and feedrate have been specified correctly.
Incorrect operation of the machine may damage the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or
cause injury to the operator.
2. Manual reference position return
After switching on the power, perform manual reference position return as required. If the
machine is operated without first performing manual reference position return, it may behave
unexpectedly. Stroke check is not possible before manual reference position return is performed.
An unexpected operation of the machine may damage the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece,
or cause injury to the user.
3. Manual numeric command
When issuing a manual numeric command, determine the current position of the tool and
workpiece, and ensure that the movement axis, direction, and command have been specified
correctly, and that the entered values are valid.
Attempting to operate the machine with an invalid command specified may damage the tool, the
machine itself, the workpiece, or cause injury to the operator.
4. Manual handle feed
In manual handle feed, rotating the handle with a large scale factor, such as 100, applied causes
the tool and table to move rapidly. Careless handling may damage the tool and/or machine, or
cause injury to the user.
5. Disabled override
If override is disabled (according to the specification in a macro variable) during threading, rigid
tapping, or other tapping, the speed cannot be predicted, possibly damaging the tool, the machine
itself, the workpiece, or causing injury to the operator.
6. Origin/preset operation
Basically, never attempt an origin/preset operation when the machine is operating under the
control of a program. Otherwise, the machine may behave unexpectedly, possibly damaging the
tool, the machine itself, the tool, or causing injury to the user.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS B–63534EN/02
s–8
WARNING
7. Workpiece coordinate system shift
Manual intervention, machine lock, or mirror imaging may shift the workpiece coordinate
system. Before attempting to operate the machine under the control of a program, confirm the
coordinate system carefully.
Ifthe machine is operated under the control of a program without making allowances for any shift
in the workpiece coordinate system, the machine may behave unexpectedly, possibly damaging
the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or causing injury to the operator.
8. Software operator’s panel and menu switches
Using the software operator’s panel and menu switches, in combination with the MDI panel, it
is possible to specify operations not supported by the machine operator’s panel, such as mode
change, override value change, and jog feed commands.
Note, however, that if the MDI panel keys are operated inadvertently, the machine may behave
unexpectedly, possibly damaging the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or causing injury
to the user.
9. Manual intervention
If manual intervention is performed during programmed operation of the machine, the tool path
may vary when the machine is restarted. Before restarting the machine after manual intervention,
therefore, confirm the settings of the manual absolute switches, parameters, and
absolute/incremental command mode.
10. Feed hold, override, and single block
The feed hold, feedrate override, and single block functions can be disabled using custom macro
system variable #3004. Be careful when operating the machine in this case.
11. Dry run
Usually, a dry run is used to confirm the operation of the machine. During a dry run, the machine
operates at dry run speed, which differs from the corresponding programmed feedrate. Note that
the dry run speed may sometimes be higher than the programmed feed rate.
12. Cutter and tool nose radius compensation in MDI mode
Pay careful attention to a tool path specified by a command in MDI mode, because cutter or tool
nose radius compensation is not applied. When a command is entered from the MDI to interrupt
in automatic operation in cutter or tool nose radius compensation mode, pay particular attention
to the tool path when automatic operation is subsequently resumed. Refer to the descriptions of
the corresponding functions for details.
13. Program editing
If the machine is stopped, after which the machining program is edited (modification, insertion,
or deletion), the machine may behave unexpectedly if machining is resumed under the control
of that program. Basically, do not modify, insert, or delete commands from a machining program
while it is in use.
B–63534EN/02 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
s–9
5 WARNINGS RELATED TO DAILY MAINTENANCE
WARNING
1. Memory backup battery replacement
Only those personnel who have received approved safety and maintenance training may perform
this work.
When replacing the batteries, be careful not to touch the high–voltage circuits (marked and
fitted with an insulating cover).
Touching the uncovered high–voltage circuits presents an extremely dangerous electric shock
hazard.
NOTE
The CNC uses batteries to preserve the contents of its memory, because it must retain data such as
programs, offsets, and parameters even while external power is not applied.
If the battery voltage drops, a low battery voltage alarm is displayed on the machine operator’s panel
or screen.
When a low battery voltage alarm is displayed, replace the batteries within a week. Otherwise, the
contents of the CNC’s memory will be lost.
Refer to the maintenance section of the operator’s manual or programming manual for details of the
battery replacement procedure.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS B–63534EN/02
s–10
WARNING
2. Absolute pulse coder battery replacement
Only those personnel who have received approved safety and maintenance training may perform
this work.
When replacing the batteries, be careful not to touch the high–voltage circuits (marked and
fitted with an insulating cover).
Touching the uncovered high–voltage circuits presents an extremely dangerous electric shock
hazard.
NOTE
The absolute pulse coder uses batteries to preserve its absolute position.
If the battery voltage drops, a low battery voltage alarm is displayed on the machine operator’s panel
or screen.
When a low battery voltage alarm is displayed, replace the batteries within a week. Otherwise, the
absolute position data held by the pulse coder will be lost.
Refer to the FANUC SERVO AMPLIFIER αi series Maintenance Manual or FANUC SERVO
AMPLIFIER α series Maintenance Manual for details of the battery replacement procedure.
B–63534EN/02 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
s–11
WARNING
3. Fuse replacement
Before replacing a blown fuse, however, it is necessary to locate and remove the cause of the
blown fuse.
For this reason, only those personnel who have received approved safety and maintenance
training may perform this work.
When replacing a fuse with the cabinet open, be careful not to touch the high–voltage circuits
(marked and fitted with an insulating cover).
Touching an uncovered high–voltage circuit presents an extremely dangerous electric shock
hazard.
B–63534EN/02 Table of Contents
c–1
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS s–1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I. GENERAL
1. GENERAL 3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1 GENERAL FLOW OF OPERATION OF CNC MACHINE TOOL 7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2 NOTES ON READING THIS MANUAL 9
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3 NOTES ON VARIOUS KINDS OF DATA 9
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
II. PROGRAMMING
1. GENERAL 13
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1 TOOL MOVEMENT ALONG WORKPIECE PARTS FIGURE–INTERPOLATION 14
. . . . . . . . . . .
1.2 FEED–FEED FUNCTION 16
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3 PART DRAWING AND TOOL MOVEMENT 17
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.1 ReferencePosition (Machine–Specific Position) 17
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.2 Coordinate System on Part Drawing and Coordinate System Specified by
CNC – Coordinate System 18
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.3 How to Indicate Command Dimensions for Moving the Tool – Absolute,
IncrementalCommands 21
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.4 CUTTING SPEED – SPINDLE SPEED FUNCTION 22
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5 SELECTION OF TOOL USED FOR VARIOUS MACHINING – TOOL FUNCTION 23
. . . . . . . . . .
1.6 COMMAND FOR MACHINE OPERATIONS – MISCELLANEOUS FUNCTION 24
. . . . . . . . . . . .
1.7 PROGRAM CONFIGURATION 25
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.8 TOOL FIGURE AND TOOL MOTION BY PROGRAM 28
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.9 TOOL MOVEMENT RANGE – STROKE 29
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. CONTROLLED AXES 30
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1 CONTROLLED AXES 31
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2 AXIS NAME 32
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3 INCREMENT SYSTEM 33
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4 MAXIMUM STROKE 34
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. PREPARATORY FUNCTION (G FUNCTION) 35
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. INTERPOLATION FUNCTIONS 41
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1 POSITIONING (G00) 42
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2 SINGLE DIRECTION POSITIONING (G60) 44
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3 LINEAR INTERPOLATION (G01) 46
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4 CIRCULAR INTERPOLATION (G02, G03) 48
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5 HELICAL INTERPOLATION (G02, G03) 52
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6 HELICAL INTERPOLATION B (G02, G03) 53
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7 SPIRAL INTERPOLATION, CONICAL INTERPOLATION (G02, G03) 54
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8 POLAR COORDINATE INTERPOLATION (G12.1, G13.1) 59
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.9 CYLINDRICAL INTERPOLATION (G07.1) 63
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10 INVOLUTE INTERPOLATION (G02.2, G03.2) 66
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B–63534EN/02
Table of Contents
c–2
4.11 EXPONENTIAL INTERPOLATION (G02.3, G03.3) 71
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.12 SMOOTH INTERPOLATION (G05.1) 75
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.13 NURBS INTERPOLATION (G06.2) 79
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.14 HYPOTHETICAL AXIS INTERPOLATION (G07) 84
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.15 THREAD CUTTING (G33) 86
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.16 SKIP FUNCTION (G31) 88
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.17 MULTISTAGE SKIP (G31) 90
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.18 HIGH SPEED SKIP SIGNAL (G31) 91
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.19 CONTINUOUS HIGH–SPEED SKIP FUNCTION (G31) 92
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5. FEED FUNCTIONS 93
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1 GENERAL 94
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2 RAPID TRAVERSE 96
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3 CUTTING FEED 97
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4 CUTTING FEEDRATE CONTROL 102
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4.1 Exact Stop (G09, G61) Cutting Mode (G64) Tapping Mode (G63) 103
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4.2 Automatic Corner Override 104
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4.2.1 Automatic Override for Inner Corners (G62) 104
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4.2.2 Internal Circular Cutting Feedrate Change 106
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4.3 AutomaticCornerDeceleration 107
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4.3.1 Corner Deceleration According to the Corner Angle 107
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4.3.2 Corner Deceleration According to the Feedrate Difference between Blocks Along Each Axis 110
.
5.5 DWELL (G04) 114
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. REFERENCE POSITION 115
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1 REFERENCE POSITION RETURN 116
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2 FLOATING REFERENCE POSITION RETURN (G30.1) 121
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7. COORDINATE SYSTEM 122
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.1 MACHINE COORDINATE SYSTEM 123
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2 WORKPIECE COORDINATE SYSTEM 124
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.1 Setting a Workpiece Coordinate System 124
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.2 Selecting a Workpiece Coordinate System 125
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.3 Changing Workpiece Coordinate System 126
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.4 Workpiece Coordinate System Preset (G92.1) 129
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.5 Adding Workpiece Coordinate Systems (G54.1 or G54) 131
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3 LOCAL COORDINATE SYSTEM 133
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.4 PLANE SELECTION 135
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8. COORDINATE VALUE AND DIMENSION 136
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.1 ABSOLUTE AND INCREMENTAL PROGRAMMING (G90, G91) 137
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2 POLAR COORDINATE COMMAND (G15, G16) 138
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3 INCH/METRIC CONVERSION (G20, G21) 141
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.4 DECIMAL POINT PROGRAMMING 142
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B–63534EN/02 Table of Contents
c–3
9. SPINDLE SPEED FUNCTION (S FUNCTION) 143
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.1 SPECIFYING THE SPINDLE SPEED WITH A CODE 144
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.2 SPECIFYING THE SPINDLE SPEED VALUE DIRECTLY (S5–DIGIT COMMAND) 144
. . . . . . . . .
9.3 CONSTANT SURFACE SPEED CONTROL (G96, G97) 145
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.4 SPINDLE SPEED FLUCTUATION DETECTION FUNCTION (G25, G26) 148
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.TOOL FUNCTION (T FUNCTION) 151
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1 TOOL SELECTION FUNCTION 152
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.2 TOOL LIFE MANAGEMENT FUNCTION 153
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.2.1 Tool Life Management Data 154
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.2.2 Register, Change and Delete of Tool Life Management Data 155
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.2.3 Tool Life Management Command in a Machining Program 158
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.2.4 Tool Life 161
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.AUXILIARY FUNCTION 162
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1 AUXILIARY FUNCTION (M FUNCTION) 163
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.2 MULTIPLE M COMMANDS IN A SINGLE BLOCK 164
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.3 M CODE GROUP CHECK FUNCTION 165
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4 THE SECOND AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS (B CODES) 166
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.PROGRAM CONFIGURATION 167
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.1 PROGRAM COMPONENTS OTHER THAN PROGRAM SECTIONS 169
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.2 PROGRAM SECTION CONFIGURATION 172
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.3 SUBPROGRAM (M98, M99) 178
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.4 8–DIGIT PROGRAM NUMBER 182
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.FUNCTIONS TO SIMPLIFY PROGRAMMING 185
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1 CANNED CYCLE 186
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.1 High–Speed Peck Drilling Cycle (G73) 190
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.2 Left–Handed Tapping Cycle (G74) 192
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.3 Fine Boring Cycle (G76) 194
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.4 Drilling Cycle, Spot Drilling (G81) 196
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.5 Drilling Cycle Counter Boring Cycle (G82) 198
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.6 Peck Drilling Cycle (G83) 200
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.7 Small–Hole Peck Drilling Cycle (G83) 202
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.8 Tapping Cycle (G84) 206
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.9 Boring Cycle (G85) 208
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.10 Boring Cycle (G86) 210
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.11 Back Boring Cycle (G87) 212
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.12 Boring Cycle (G88) 214
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.13 Boring Cycle (G89) 216
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.14 Canned Cycle Cancel (G80) 218
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.2 RIGID TAPPING 221
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.2.1 Rigid Tapping (G84) 222
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.2.2 Left–Handed Rigid Tapping Cycle (G74) 225
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.2.3 Peck Rigid Tapping Cycle (G84 or G74) 228
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.2.4 Canned Cycle Cancel (G80) 230
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.3 CANNED GRINDING CYCLE (FOR GRINDING MACHINE) 231
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.3.1 Plunge Grinding Cycle (G75) 232
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.3.2 Direct Constant–Dimension Plunge Grinding Cycle (G77) 234
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B–63534EN/02
Table of Contents
c–4
13.3.3 Continuous–Feed Surface Grinding Cycle (G78) 236
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.3.4 Intermittent–Feed Surface Grinding Cycle (G79) 238
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.4 GRINDING–WHEEL WEAR COMPENSATION BY CONTINUOUS DRESSING
(FOR GRINDING MACHINE) 240
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.5 AUTOMATIC GRINDING WHEEL DIAMETER COMPENSATION AFTER DRESSING 241
. . . . .
13.5.1 Checking the Minimum Grinding Wheel Diameter (For Grinding Machine) 241
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.6 IN–FEED GRINDING ALONG THE Y AND Z AXES AT THE END OF TABLE SWING
(FOR GRINDING MACHINE) 242
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.7 OPTIONAL ANGLE CHAMFERING AND CORNER ROUNDING 243
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.8 EXTERNAL MOTION FUNCTION (G81) 246
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.9 FIGURE COPY (G72.1, G72.2) 247
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.10 THREE–DIMENSIONAL COORDINATE CONVERSION (G68, G69) 254
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.11 INDEX TABLE INDEXING FUNCTION 261
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.COMPENSATION FUNCTION 264
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.1 TOOL LENGTH OFFSET (G43, G44, G49) 265
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.1.1 General 265
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.1.2 G53, G28, G30, and G30.1 Commands in Tool Length Offset Mode 270
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.2 AUTOMATIC TOOL LENGTH MEASUREMENT (G37) 273
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.3 TOOL OFFSET (G45–G48) 277
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.4 CUTTER COMPENSATION B (G39–G42) 282
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.4.1 Cutter Compensation Left (G41) 285
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.4.2 Cutter Compensation Right (G42) 287
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.4.3 Corner Offset Circular Interpolation (G39) 289
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.4.4 Cutter Compensation Cancel (G40) 290
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.4.5 Switch between Cutter Compensation Left and Cutter Compensation Right 291
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.4.6 Change of the Cutter Compensation Value 292
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.4.7 Positive/Negative Cutter Compensation Value and Tool Center Path 293
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.5 OVERVIEW OF CUTTER COMPENSATION C (G40–G42) 295
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.6 DETAILS OF CUTTER COMPENSATION C 301
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.6.1 General 301
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.6.2 Tool Movement in Start–up 302
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.6.3 Tool Movement in Offset Mode 306
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.6.4 Tool Movement in Offset Mode Cancel 320
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.6.5 InterferenceCheck 326
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.6.6 Overcutting by Cutter Compensation 331
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.6.7 Input Command from MDI 334
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.6.8 G53, G28, G30, G30.1 and G29 Commands in Cutter Compensation C Mode 335
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.6.9 Corner Circular Interpolation (G39) 354
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.7 THREE–DIMENSIONAL TOOL COMPENSATION (G40, G41) 356
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.8 TOOL COMPENSATION VALUES, NUMBER OF COMPENSATION VALUES,
AND ENTERING VALUES FROM THE PROGRAM (G10) 360
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.9 SCALING (G50, G51) 362
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.10 COORDINATE SYSTEM ROTATION (G68, G69) 367
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.11 NORMAL DIRECTION CONTROL (G40.1, G41.1, G42.1 OR G150, G151, G152) 373
. . . . . . . . . . .
14.12 PROGRAMMABLE MIRROR IMAGE (G50.1, G51.1) 378
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.13 GRINDING WHEEL WEAR COMPENSATION 380
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.14 ROTARY TABLE DYNAMIC FIXTURE OFFSET 384
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B–63534EN/02 Table of Contents
c–5
15.CUSTOM MACRO 392
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.1 VARIABLES 393
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.2 SYSTEM VARIABLES 397
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.3 ARITHMETIC AND LOGIC OPERATION 406
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.4 MACRO STATEMENTS AND NC STATEMENTS 411
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.5 BRANCH AND REPETITION 412
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.5.1 Unconditional Branch (GOTOStatement) 412
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.5.2 Conditional Branch (IF Statement) 412
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.5.3 Repetition(WhileStatement) 413
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.6 MACRO CALL 416
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.6.1 Simple Call (G65) 417
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.6.2 Modal Call (G66) 421
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.6.3 Macro Call Using G Code 423
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.6.4 Macro Call Using an M Code 424
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.6.5 Subprogram Call Using an M Code 425
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.6.6 Subprogram Calls Using a T Code 426
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.6.7 Sample Program 427
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.7 PROCESSING MACRO STATEMENTS 429
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.7.1 Detailsof NC Statements and Macro Statements Execution 429
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.7.2 Caution for Using System Variables 431
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.8 REGISTERING CUSTOM MACRO PROGRAMS 434
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.9 LIMITATIONS 435
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.10 EXTERNAL OUTPUT COMMANDS 436
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.11 INTERRUPTION TYPE CUSTOM MACRO 440
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.11.1 SpecificationMethod 441
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.11.2 Details of Functions 442
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16.PATTERN DATA INPUT FUNCTION 450
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16.1 DISPLAYING THE PATTERN MENU 451
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16.2 PATTERN DATA DISPLAY 455
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16.3 CHARACTERS AND CODES TO BE USED
FOR THE PATTERN DATA INPUT FUNCTION 459
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.PROGRAMMABLE PARAMETER ENTRY (G10) 461
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.MEMORY OPERATION USING FS15 TAPE FORMAT 463
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.HIGH SPEED CUTTING FUNCTIONS 464
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.1 HIGH–SPEED CYCLE CUTTING 465
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.2 FEEDRATE CLAMPING BY ARC RADIUS 467
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.3 HIGH–SPEED REMOTE BUFFER 468
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.3.1 High–Speed Remote Buffer A (G05) 468
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.3.2 High–Speed Remote Buffer B (G05) 471
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.4 DISTRIBUTION PROCESSING TERMINATION MONITORING FUNCTION
FOR THE HIGH–SPEED MACHINING COMMAND (G05) 472
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.5 HIGH–SPEED LINEAR INTERPOLATION (G05) 473
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.6 ADVANCED PREVIEW CONTROL (G08) 476
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.7 AI CONTOUR CONTROL FUNCTION/AI NANO CONTOUR CONTROL FUNCTION 478
. . . . . .
B–63534EN/02
Table of Contents
c–6
19.8 HIGH–PRECISION CONTOUR CONTROL 500
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.9 LOOK–AHEAD BELL–SHAPED ACCELERATION/DECELERATION
BEFORE INTERPOLATION TIME CONSTANT CHANGE FUNCTION 508
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.10 OPTIMUM TORQUE ACCELERATION/DECELERATION 514
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.AXIS CONTROL FUNCTIONS 527
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.1 SIMPLE SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL 528
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.2 ROTARY AXIS ROLL–OVER 531
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.2.1 Rotary Axis Roll–over 531
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.2.2 Rotary Axis Control 532
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.3 TOOL WITHDRAWAL AND RETURN (G10.6) 533
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.4 TANDEM CONTROL 536
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.5 ANGULAR AXIS CONTROL/ARBITRARY ANGULAR AXIS CONTROL 537
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.6 CHOPPING FUNCTION (G80, G81.1) 539
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.7 HOBBING MACHINE FUNCTION (G80, G81) 545
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.8 SIMPLE ELECTRIC GEAR BOX (G80, G81) 551
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.8.1 Simple Electric Gear Box (G80, G81) 551
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.8.2 Skip Function for EGB Axis (G31.8) 556
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.8.3 Spindle Electronic Gear Box 559
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.8.4 Electronic Gear Box Automatic Phase Synchronization 568
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.8.5 Electronic Gear Box 2 Pair 576
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21.TWO–PATH CONTROL FUNCTION 590
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21.1 GENERAL 591
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21.2 WAITING FOR PATHS 592
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21.3 MEMORY COMMON TO PATH 594
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21.4 COPYING A PROGRAM BETWEEN TWO PATHS 595
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22.RISC PROCESSOR 596
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22.1 AI HIGH PRECISION CONTOUR CONTROL/AI NANO HIGH PRECISION
CONTOUR CONTROL 607
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22.1.1 Look–aheadAcceleration/DecelerationBeforeInterpolation 608
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22.1.2 Automatic Feedrate Control Function 613
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22.1.3 Restrictions 622
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22.1.4 The Function List which Can be Used 625
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22.2 CYLINDRICAL INTERPOLATION CUTTING POINT CONTROL (G07.1) 633
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22.3 TOOL CENTER POINT CONTROL 643
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22.4 TOOL AXIS COMPENSATION IN TOOL AXIS DIRECTION 655
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22.5 3–DIMENSIONAL CUTTER COMPENSATION 668
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22.5.1 Tool Side Compensation 668
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22.5.2 Leading Edge Offset 682
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22.5.3 Restrictions 688
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22.6 3–DIMENSIONAL CIRCULAR INTERPOLATION 693
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
III. OPERATION 699
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1. GENERAL 701
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1 MANUAL OPERATION 702
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B–63534EN/02 Table of Contents
c–7
1.2 TOOL MOVEMENT BY PROGRAMING–AUTOMATIC OPERATION 704
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3 AUTOMATIC OPERATION 705
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.4 TESTING A PROGRAM 707
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.4.1 Check by Running the Machine 707
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.4.2 How to View the Position Display Change without Running the Machine 708
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5 EDITING A PART PROGRAM 709
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.6 DISPLAYING AND SETTING DATA 710
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.7 DISPLAY 713
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.7.1 Program Display 713
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.7.2 Current Position Display 714
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.7.3 AlarmDisplay 714
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.7.4 Parts Count Display, Run Time Display 715
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.7.5 GraphicDisplay 715
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.8 DATA INPUT/OUTPUT 716
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. OPERATIONAL DEVICES 717
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1 SETTING AND DISPLAY UNITS 718
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.1 7.2″/8.4″ LCD–Mounted Type CNC Control Unit 719
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.2 9.5″/10.4″ LCD–Mounted Type CNC Control Unit 719
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.3 Stand–Alone Type Small MDI Unit 720
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.4 Stand–Alone Type Standard MDI Unit 721
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.5 Stand–Alone Type 61 Full Key MDI Unit 722
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2 EXPLANATION OF THE KEYBOARD 723
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3 FUNCTION KEYS AND SOFT KEYS 725
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3.1 GeneralScreen Operations 725
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3.2 Function Keys 726
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3.3 Soft Keys 727
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3.4 Key Input and Input Buffer 743
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3.5 WarningMessages 744
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3.6 Soft Key Configuration 745
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4 EXTERNAL I/O DEVICES 746
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.1 FANUC Handy File 748
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5 POWER ON/OFF 749
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.1 Turning on the Power 749
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.2 Screen Displayed at Power–on 750
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.3 PowerDisconnection 751
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. MANUAL OPERATION 752
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1 MANUAL REFERENCE POSITION RETURN 753
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2 JOG FEED 755
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3 INCREMENTAL FEED 757
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4 MANUAL HANDLE FEED 758
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5 MANUAL ABSOLUTE ON AND OFF 761
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6 TOOL AXIS DIRECTION HANDLE FEED/TOOL AXIS DIRECTION HANDLE FEED B 766
. . . .
3.6.1 Tool Axis Direction Handle Feed 766
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.2 Tool Axis Normal Direction Handle Feed 769
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7 MANUAL LINEAR/CIRCULAR INTERPOLATION 774
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8 MANUAL RIGID TAPPING 779
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.9 MANUAL NUMERIC COMMAND 781
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B–63534EN/02
Table of Contents
c–8
4. AUTOMATIC OPERATION 789
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1 MEMORY OPERATION 790
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2 MDI OPERATION 793
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3 DNC OPERATION 797
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4 SIMULTANEOUS INPUT/OUTPUT 800
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5 PROGRAM RESTART 802
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6 SCHEDULING FUNCTION 809
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7 SUBPROGRAM CALL FUNCTION (M198) 814
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8 MANUAL HANDLE INTERRUPTION 816
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.9 MIRROR IMAGE 819
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10 TOOL WITHDRAWAL AND RETURN 821
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.11 RETRACE FUNCTION 827
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.12 MANUAL INTERVENTION AND RETURN 835
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.13 DNC OPERATION WITH MEMORY CARD 837
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.13.1 Specification 837
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.13.2 Operations 838
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.13.2.1 DNC Operation 838
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.13.2.2 Subprogram Call (M198) 839
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.13.3 Limitation and Notes 840
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.13.4 Parameter 840
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.13.5 Connecting PCMCIA Card Attachment 841
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.13.5.1 SpecificationNumber 841
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.13.5.2 Assembling 841
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.13.6 Recommended Memory Card 843
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5. TEST OPERATION 844
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1 MACHINE LOCK AND AUXILIARY FUNCTION LOCK 845
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2 FEEDRATE OVERRIDE 847
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3 RAPID TRAVERSE OVERRIDE 848
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4 DRY RUN 849
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5 SINGLE BLOCK 850
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. SAFETY FUNCTIONS 852
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1 EMERGENCY STOP 853
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2 OVERTRAVEL 854
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3 STORED STROKE CHECK 855
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4 STROKE LIMIT CHECK PRIOR TO PERFORMING MOVEMENT 859
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7. ALARM AND SELF–DIAGNOSIS FUNCTIONS 862
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.1 ALARM DISPLAY 863
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2 ALARM HISTORY DISPLAY 865
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3 CHECKING BY SELF–DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN 866
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8. DATA INPUT/OUTPUT 869
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.1 FILES 870
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2 FILE SEARCH 872
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B–63534EN/02 Table of Contents
c–9
8.3 FILE DELETION 874
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.4 PROGRAM INPUT/OUTPUT 875
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.4.1 Inputting a Program 875
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.4.2 Outputting a Program 878
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.5 OFFSET DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT 880
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.5.1 Inputting OffsetData 880
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.5.2 Outputting OffsetData 881
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.6 INPUTTING AND OUTPUTTING PARAMETERS AND
PITCH ERROR COMPENSATION DATA 882
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.6.1 InputtingParameters 882
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.6.2 OutputtingParameters 883
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.6.3 Inputting Pitch Error Compensation Data 884
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.6.4 Outputting Pitch Error Compensation Data 885
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.7 INPUTTING/OUTPUTTING CUSTOM MACRO COMMON VARIABLES 886
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.7.1 Inputting Custom Macro Common Variables 886
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.7.2 Outputting Custom Macro Common Variable 887
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.8 DISPLAYING DIRECTORY OF FLOPPY CASSETTE 888
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.8.1 Displaying the Directory 889
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.8.2 Reading Files 892
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.8.3 Outputting Programs 893
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.8.4 DeletingFiles 894
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.9 OUTPUTTING A PROGRAM LIST FOR A SPECIFIED GROUP 896
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.10 DATA INPUT/OUTPUT ON THE ALL IO SCREEN 897
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.10.1 SettingInput/Output–RelatedParameters 898
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.10.2 Inputting and Outputting Programs 899
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.10.3 Inputting and Outputting Parameters 904
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.10.4 Inputting and Outputting OffsetData 906
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.10.5 Outputting Custom Macro Common Variables 908
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.10.6 Inputting and Outputting Floppy Files 909
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.11 DATA INPUT/OUTPUT USING A MEMORY CARD 914
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.12 DATA INPUT/OUTPUT BY EMBEDDED ETHERNET 926
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.12.1 FTP File TransferFunction 926
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.12.1.1 Host file list display 926
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.12.1.2 Host file search 929
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.12.1.3 Host file deletion 929
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.12.1.4 NC program input 930
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.12.1.5 NC program output 932
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.12.1.6 Input/output of various types of data 933
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.12.1.7 Checking and changing of the connection host 939
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9. EDITING PROGRAMS 942
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.1 INSERTING, ALTERING AND DELETING A WORD 943
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.1.1 Word Search 944
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.1.2 Heading a Program 946
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.1.3 Inserting a Word 947
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.1.4 Altering a Word 948
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.1.5 Deleting a Word 949
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.2 DELETING BLOCKS 950
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.2.1 Deleting a Block 950
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.2.2 Deleting Multiple Blocks 951
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3 PROGRAM NUMBER SEARCH 952
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B–63534EN/02
Table of Contents
c–10
9.4 SEQUENCE NUMBER SEARCH 953
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.5 DELETING PROGRAMS 955
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.5.1 Deleting One Program 955
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.5.2 Deleting All Programs 955
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.5.3 Deleting More than One Program by Specifying a Range 956
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.6 EXTENDED PART PROGRAM EDITING FUNCTION 957
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.6.1 Copying an Entire Program 958
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.6.2 Copying Part of a Program 959
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.6.3 Moving Part of a Program 960
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.6.4 Merging a Program 961
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.6.5 Supplementary Explanation for Copying, Moving and Merging 962
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.6.6 Replacement of Words and Addresses 964
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.7 EDITING OF CUSTOM MACROS 966
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.8 BACKGROUND EDITING 967
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.9 PASSWORD FUNCTION 968
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.10 COPYING A PROGRAM BETWEEN TWO PATHS 970
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.CREATING PROGRAMS 975
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1 CREATING PROGRAMS USING THE MDI PANEL 976
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.2 AUTOMATIC INSERTION OF SEQUENCE NUMBERS 977
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.3 CREATING PROGRAMS IN TEACH IN MODE (PLAYBACK) 979
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.4 CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING WITH GRAPHIC FUNCTION 982
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.SETTING AND DISPLAYING DATA 986
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1 SCREENS DISPLAYED BY FUNCTION KEY POS 993
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1.1 Position Display in the Work Coordinate System 994
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1.2 Position Display in the Relative Coordinate System 996
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1.3 Overall Position Display 999
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1.4 Presetting the Workpiece Coordinate System 1001
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1.5 ActualFeedrateDisplay 1002
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1.6 Display of Run Time and Parts Count 1004
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1.7 Setting the Floating Reference Position 1005
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1.8 Operating Monitor Display 1006
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.2 SCREENS DISPLAYED BY FUNCTION KEY PROG
(IN MEMORY MODE OR MDI MODE) 1008
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.2.1 Program Contents Display 1009
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.2.2 Current Block Display Screen 1010
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.2.3 Next Block Display Screen 1011
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.2.4 Program Check Screen 1012
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.2.5 Program Screen for MDI Operation 1015
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.2.6 Stamping the Machining Time 1016
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.3 SCREENS DISPLAYED BY FUNCTION KEY PROG
(IN THE EDIT MODE) 1024
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.3.1 Displaying Memory Used and a List of Programs 1024
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.3.2 Displaying a Program List for a Specified Group 1027
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4 SCREENS DISPLAYED BY FUNCTION KEY OFFSET
SETTING 1030
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4.1 Setting and Displaying the Tool Offset Value 1031
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B–63534EN/02 Table of Contents
c–11
11.4.2 Tool Length Measurement 1034
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4.3 Displaying and Entering Setting Data 1036
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4.4 Sequence Number Comparison and Stop 1038
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4.5 Displaying and Setting Run Time, Parts Count, and Time 1040
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4.6 Displaying and Setting the Workpiece Origin Offset Value 1042
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4.7 Direct Input of Measured Workpiece Origin Offsets 1043
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4.8 Displaying and Setting Custom Macro Common Variables 1045
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4.9 Displaying Pattern Data and Pattern Menu 1046
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4.10 Displaying and Setting the Software Operator’s Panel 1048
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4.11 Displaying and Setting Tool Life Management Data 1050
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4.12 Displaying and Setting Extended Tool Life Management 1053
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4.13 Displaying and Setting Chopping Data 1058
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4.14 Tool Length/Workpiece Origin Measurement B 1059
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4.15 Displaying and Setting Rotary Table Dynamic Fixture Offset 1075
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.5 SCREENS DISPLAYED BY FUNCTION KEY SYSTEM
1077
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.5.1 Displayingand Setting Parameters 1077
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.5.2 Displaying and Setting Pitch Error Compensation Data 1079
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.6 DISPLAYING THE PROGRAM NUMBER, SEQUENCE NUMBER, AND STATUS,
AND WARNING MESSAGES FOR DATA SETTING OR INPUT/OUTPUT OPERATION 1082
. . . . .
11.6.1 Displaying the Program Number and Sequence Number 1082
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.6.2 Displaying the Status and Warning for Data Setting or Input/Output Operation 1083
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.7 SCREENS DISPLAYED BY FUNCTION KEY MESSAGE 1085
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.7.1 ExternalOperator Message History Display 1085
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.8 CLEARING THE SCREEN 1087
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.8.1 EraseScreen Display 1087
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.8.2 Automatic Erase Screen Display 1088
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.GRAPHICS FUNCTION 1090
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.1 GRAPHICS DISPLAY 1091
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.2 DYNAMIC GRAPHIC DISPLAY 1097
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.2.1 Path Drawing 1097
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.2.2 Solid Graphics 1106
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.3 BACKGROUND DRAWING 1118
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.HELP FUNCTION 1121
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.SCREEN HARDCOPY 1126
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IV. MAINTENANCE
1. METHOD OF REPLACING BATTERY 1131
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1 REPLACING BATTERY FOR LCD–MOUNTED TYPE i SERIES 1132
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2 REPLACING THE BATTERY FOR STAND–ALONE TYPE i SERIES 1135
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3 BATTERY IN THE CNC DISPLAY UNIT WITH PC FUNCTIONS (3 VDC) 1138
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.4 BATTERY FOR SEPARATE ABSOLUTE PULSE CODERS (6 VDC) 1140
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5 BATTERY FOR BUILT–IN ABSOLUTE PULSE CODERS (DC6V) 1141
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5.1 Method of Replacing Battery for Servo Amplifier aiseries 1141
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5.2 Method of Replacing Battery for Servo Amplifier b series 1147
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B–63534EN/02
Table of Contents
c–12
APPENDIX
H. TAPE CODE LIST 1153
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I. LIST OF FUNCTIONS AND TAPE FORMAT 1156
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J. RANGE OF COMMAND VALUE 1163
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
K. NOMOGRAPHS 1166
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D.1 INCORRECT THREADED LENGTH 1167
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D.2 SIMPLE CALCULATION OF INCORRECT THREAD LENGTH 1169
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D.3 TOOL PATH AT CORNER 1171
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D.4 RADIUS DIRECTION ERROR AT CIRCLE CUTTING 1174
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L. STATUS WHEN TURNING POWER ON, WHEN CLEAR AND
WHEN RESET 1175
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M. CHARACTER–TO–CODES CORRESPONDENCE TABLE 1177
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N. ALARM LIST 1178
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I. GENERAL
GENERAL
B–63534EN/02 1. GENERAL
3
1 GENERAL
This manual consists of the following parts:
I. GENERAL
Describes chapter organization, applicable models, related manuals,
and notes for reading this manual.
II. PROGRAMMING
Describes each function: Format used to program functions in the NC
language, characteristics, and restrictions. When a program is created
through conversational automatic programming function, refer to the
manual for the conversational automatic programming function
(Table 1).
III. OPERATION
Describes the manual operation and automatic operation of a machine,
procedures for inputting and outputting data, and procedures for
editing a program.
IV. MAINTENANCE
Describes procedures for replacing batteries.
APPENDIX
Lists tape codes, valid data ranges, and error codes.
Some functions described in this manual may not be applied to some
products. For detail, refer to the DESCRIPTIONS manual(B–63522EN).
This manual does not describe parameters in detail. For details on
parameters mentioned in this manual, refer to the manual for parameters
(B–63530EN).
This manual describes all optional functions. Look up the options
incorporated into your system in the manual written by the machine tool
builder.
The models covered by this manual, and their abbreviations are:
Model name Abbreviation
FANUC Series 16i–MB 16i–MB Series 16i
FANUC Series 160i–MB 160i–MB Series 160i
FANUC Series 160is–MB 160is–MB Series 160is
FANUC Series 18i–MB5 18i–MB5 Series 18i
FANUC Series 180i–MB5 180i–MB5 Series 180i
FANUC Series 180is–MB5 180is–MB5 Series 180is
FANUC Series 18i–MB 18i–MB Series 18i
About this manual
GENERAL
1. GENERAL B–63534EN/02
4
Model name Abbreviation
FANUC Series 180i–MB 180i–MB Series 180i
FANUC Series 180is–MB 180is–MB Series 180is
Remark)The 18i–MB5, 180i–MB5, 180is–MB5, 18i–MB, 180i–MB, and
180is–MB may be collectively referred to as the 18i/180i/
180is–MB.
This manual uses the following symbols:
: Indicates a combination of axes such as
X__ Y__ Z (used in PROGRAMMING.).
: Indicates the end of a block. It actually corre-
sponds to the ISO code LF or EIA code CR.
The following table lists the manuals related to Series 16i, Series 18i,
Series 21i, Series 160i, Series 180i, Series 210i, Series 160is, Series
180is, Series 210is–MODEL B. This manual is indicated by an
asterisk(*).
Related manuals of
Series 16i/18i/21i/160i/180i/ 210i/160is/180is/210is MODEL B (1/2)
Manual name
Specification
number
DESCRIPTIONS B–63522EN
CONNECTION MANUAL (HARDWARE) B–63523EN
CONNECTION MANUAL (FUNCTION) B–63523EN–1
Series 16i/18i/160i/180i/160is/180is–TB
OPERATOR’S MANUAL
B–63524EN
Series 16i/160i/160is–MB, Series 18i/180i/180is–MB5,
Series 18i/180i/180is–MB OPERATOR’S MANUAL
B–63534EN *
Series 21i/210i/210is–TB OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63604EN
Series 21i/210i/210is–MB OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63614EN
MAINTENANCE MANUAL B–63525EN
Series 16i/18i/160i/180i/160is/180is–MODEL B
PARAMETER MANUAL
B–63530EN
Series 21i/210i/210is–MODEL B PARAMETER MANUAL B–63610EN
PROGRAMMING MANUAL
Macro Compiler/Macro Executor
PROGRAMMING MANUAL
B–61803E–1
C Language Executor PROGRAMMING MANUAL B–62443EN–3
FAPT MACRO COMPILER (For Personal Computer)
PROGRAMMING MANUAL
B–66102E
Special symbols
D IP
D ;
Related manuals of Series
16i/18i/21i/160i/180i/210i/16
0is/180is/210is–MODEL B
GENERAL
B–63534EN/02 1. GENERAL
5
Related manuals of
Series 16i/18i/21i/160i/180i/ 210i/160is/180is/210is MODEL B (2/2)
Manual name
Specification
number
CAP (T series)
FANUC Super CAPi T OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63284EN
FANUC Symbol CAPi T OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63304EN
MANUAL GUIDE For Lathe PROGRAMMING MANUAL B–63343EN
MANUAL GUIDE For Lathe OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63344EN
CAP (M series)
FANUC Super CAPi M OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63294EN
MANUAL GUIDE For Milling PROGRAMMING MANUAL B–63423EN
MANUAL GUIDE For Milling OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63424EN
PMC
PMC Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL B–61863E
PMC C Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL B–61863E–1
Network
I/O Link–II OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–62924EN
Profibus–DP Board OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–62924EN
Ethernet Board/DATA SERVER Board
OPERATOR’S MANUAL
B–63354EN
FAST Ethernet Board/FAST DATA SERVER OPERA-
TOR’S MANUAL
B–63644EN
DeviceNet Board OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63404EN
PC function
Screen Display Function OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63164EN
The following table lists the manuals related to SERVO MOTOR ai series
Manual name
Specification
number
FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR ai seriesDESCRIPTIONS B–65262EN
FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR ai series
PARAMETER MANUAL
B–65270EN
FANUC AC SPINDLE MOTOR ai seriesDESCRIPTIONS B–65272EN
FANUC AC SPINDLE MOTOR ai series
PARAMETER MANUAL
B–65280EN
FANUC SERVO AMPLIFIER ai seriesDESCRIPTIONS B–65282EN
FANUC SERVO MOTOR ai series
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B–65285EN
Related manuals of
SERVO MOTOR ai series
GENERAL
1. GENERAL B–63534EN/02
6
The following table lists the manuals related to SERVO MOTOR a series
Manual name
Specification
number
FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR a seriesDESCRIPTIONS B–65142
FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR a series
PARAMETER MANUAL
B–65150
FANUC AC SPINDLE MOTOR a seriesDESCRIPTIONS B–65152
FANUC AC SPINDLE MOTOR α series
PARAMETER MANUAL
B–65160
FANUC SERVO AMPLIFIER a seriesDESCRIPTIONS B–65162
FANUC SERVO MOTOR a series
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B–65165
Either of the following servo motors and the corresponding spindle can
be connected to the CNC covered in this manual.
D FANUC SERVO MOTOR ai series
D FANUC SERVO MOTOR a series
This manual mainly assumes that the FANUC SERVO MOTOR i series
of servo motor is used. For servo motor and spindle information, refer to
the manuals for the servo motor and spindle that are actually connected.
Related manuals of
SERVO MOTOR a series
GENERAL
B–63534EN/02 1. GENERAL
7
When machining the part using the CNC machine tool, first prepare the
program, then operate the CNC machine by using the program.
1) First, prepare the program from a part drawing to operate the CNC
machine tool.
How to prepare the program is described in the Chapter II.
PROGRAMMING.
2) The program is to be read into the CNC system. Then, mount the
workpieces and tools on the machine, and operate the tools according
to the programming. Finally, execute the machining actually.
How to operate the CNC system is described in the Chapter III.
OPERATION.
Part
drawing
Part
programming
CHAPTER II PROGRAMMING CHAPTER III OPERATION
CNC MACHINE TOOL
Before the actual programming, make the machining plan for how to
machine the part.
Machining plan
1. Determination of workpieces machining range
2. Method of mounting workpieces on the machine tool
3. Machining sequence in every machining process
4. Machining tools and machining
Decide the machining method in every machining process.
Machiningprocess 1 2 3
Machiningprocess
Machiningprocedure Face cutting Side cutting
Hole
machining
1. Machining method
: Rough
Semi
Finish
2. Machining tools
3. Machining conditions
: Feedrate
Cutting depth
4. Tool path
1.1
GENERAL FLOW OF
OPERATION OF CNC
MACHINE TOOL
GENERAL
1. GENERAL B–63534EN/02
8
Tool
Side cutting
Face cutting
Hole machining
Prepare the program of the tool path and machining condition
according to the workpiece figure, for each machining.
GENERAL
B–63534EN/02 1. GENERAL
9
CAUTION
1 The function of an CNC machine tool system depends not
only on the CNC, but on the combination of the machine
tool, its magnetic cabinet, the servo system, the CNC, the
operator’s panels, etc. It is too difficult to describe the
function, programming, and operation relating to all
combinations. This manual generally describes these from
the stand–point of the CNC. So, for details on a particular
CNC machine tool, refer to the manual issued by the
machine tool builder, which should take precedence over
this manual.
2 Headings are placed in the left margin so that the reader can
easily access necessary information. When locating the
necessary information, the reader can save time by
searching though these headings.
3 This manual describes as many reasonable variations in
equipment usage as possible. It cannot address every
combination of features, options and commands that
should not be attempted.
If a particular combination of operations is not described, it
should not be attempted.
CAUTION
Machining programs, parameters, variables, etc. are stored
in the CNC unit internal non–volatile memory. In general,
these contents are not lost by the switching ON/OFF of the
power. However, it is possible that a state can occur where
precious data stored in the non–volatile memory has to be
deleted, because of deletions from a maloperation, or by a
failure restoration. In order to restore rapidly when this kind
of mishap occurs, it is recommended that you create a copy
of the various kinds of data beforehand.
1.2
NOTES ON READING
THIS MANUAL
1.3
NOTES ON VARIOUS
KINDS OF DATA
II. PROGRAMMING
PROGRAMMING
B–63534EN/02 1. GENERAL
13
1 GENERAL
PROGRAMMING
1. GENERAL B–63534EN/02
14
The tool moves along straight lines and arcs constituting the workpiece
parts figure (See II–4).
The function of moving the tool along straight lines and arcs is called the
interpolation.
Program
G01 X_ _ Y_ _ ;
X_ _ ;
Tool
Workpiece
Fig. 1.1 (a) Tool movement along a straight line
Program
G03X_ _Y_ _R_ _;
Workpiece
Tool
Fig. 1.1 (b) Tool movement along an arc
1.1
TOOL MOVEMENT
ALONG WORKPIECE
PARTS FIGURE–
INTERPOLATION
Explanations
D Tool movement along a
straight line
D Tool movement along an
arc
PROGRAMMING
B–63534EN/02 1. GENERAL
15
Symbols of the programmed commands G01, G02, ... are called the
preparatory function and specify the type of interpolation conducted in
the control unit.
(a) Movement along straight line
G01 Y_ _;
X– –Y– – – –;
(b) Movement along arc
G03X––Y––R––;
Control unit
X axis
Y axis
Tool
move-
ment
Interpolation
a)Movement
along straight
line
b)Movement
along arc
Fig. 1.1 (c) Interpolation function
NOTE
Some machines move tables instead of tools but this
manual assumes that tools are moved against workpieces.
PROGRAMMING
1. GENERAL B–63534EN/02
16
Movement of the tool at a specified speed for cutting a workpiece is called
the feed.
Tool
Workpiece
Table
F
mm/min
Fig. 1.2 (a) Feed function
Feedratescan be specified by using actual numerics. For example, to feed
the tool at a rate of 150 mm/min, specify the following in the program:
F150.0
The function of deciding the feed rate is called the feed function (See
II–5).
1.2
FEED–FEED
FUNCTION
PROGRAMMING
B–63534EN/02 1. GENERAL
17
A CNC machine tool is provided with a fixed position. Normally, tool
change and programming of absolute zero point as described later are
performed at this position. This position is called the reference position.
Reference position
Tool
Workpiece
Table
Fig. 1.3.1 (a) Reference position
The tool can be moved to the reference position in two ways:
(1)Manual reference position return (See III–3.1)
Reference position return is performed by manual button operation.
(2)Automatic reference position return (See II–6)
In general, manual reference position return is performed first after the
power is turned on. In order to move the tool to the reference position
for tool change thereafter, the function of automatic reference position
return is used.
1.3
PART DRAWING AND
TOOL MOVEMENT
1.3.1
Reference Position
(Machine–Specific
Position)
Explanations
PROGRAMMING
1. GENERAL B–63534EN/02
18
Z
Y
X
Part drawing
Z
Y
X
Coordinate system
Z
Y
X
Tool
Workpiece
Machine tool
Program
Command
CNC
Fig. 1.3.2 (a) Coordinate system
The following two coordinate systems are specified at differentlocations:
(See II–7)
(1)Coordinate system on part drawing
The coordinate system is written on the part drawing. As the program
data, the coordinate values on this coordinate system are used.
(2)Coordinate system specified by the CNC
The coordinate system is prepared on the actual machine tool table.
This can be achieved by programming the distance from the current
position of the tool to the zero point of the coordinate system to be set.
230
300
Program
zero point
Distance to the zero point of a coor-
dinate system to be set
Present tool position
Y
X
Fig. 1.3.2 (b) Coordinate system specified by the CNC
1.3.2
Coordinate System on
Part Drawing and
Coordinate System
Specified by CNC –
Coordinate System
Explanations
D Coordinate system
PROGRAMMING
B–63534EN/02 1. GENERAL
19
The positional relation between these two coordinate systems is
determined when a workpiece is set on the table.
Y Y
Table
Workpiece
X
X
Coordinate system spe-
cified by the CNC estab-
lished on the table
Coordinate system on
part drawing estab-
lished on the work-
piece
Fig. 1.3.2 (c) Coordinate system specified by CNC and coordinate
systemon part drawing
The tool moves on the coordinate system specified by the CNC in
accordance with the command program generated with respect to the
coordinate system on the part drawing, and cuts a workpiece into a shape
on the drawing.
Therefore, in order to correctly cut the workpiece as specified on the
drawing, the two coordinate systems must be set at the same position.
To set the two coordinate systems at the same position, simple methods
shall be used according to workpiece shape, the number of machinings.
(1)Using a standard plane and point of the workpiece.
Program
zero point
Y
X
Workpiece’s
standard point
Fixed distance
Bring the tool center to the workpiece standard point.
And set the coordinate system specified by CNC at this position.
Fixed distance
D Methods of setting the
two coordinate systems
in the same position
PROGRAMMING
1. GENERAL B–63534EN/02
20
(2)Mounting a workpiece directly against the jig
Jig
Programzero point
Meet the tool center to the reference position. And set the coordinate system
specified by CNC at this position. (Jig shall be mounted on the predetermined
point from the reference position.)
(3)Mounting a workpiece on a pallet, then mounting the workpiece and
pallet on the jig
ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ
ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ
ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ
ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ
ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ
ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ
ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ
ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ
Pallet
(Jig and coordinate system shall be specified by the same as (2)).
Jig
Workpiece
PROGRAMMING
B–63534EN/02 1. GENERAL
21
Command for moving the tool can be indicated by absolute command or
incremental command (See II–8.1).
The tool moves to a point at “the distance from zero point of the
coordinate system” that is to the position of the coordinate values.
B(10.0,30.0,20.0)
Y
X
Tool
A
Commandspecifying movement from
point A to point B
Z
G90 X10.0 Y30.0 Z20.0 ;
Coordinates of point B
Specify the distance from the previous tool position to the next tool
position.
Y
X
Z
A
B
X=40.0
Z=–10.0
G91 X40.0 Y–30.0 Z–10.0 ;
Distance and direction for
movement along each axis
Tool
Command specifying movement from
point A to point B
Y=–30.0
1.3.3
How to Indicate
Command Dimensions
for Moving the Tool –
Absolute, Incremental
Commands
Explanations
D Absolute command
D Incremental command
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual
GE Fanuc Automation User Manual

More Related Content

Similar to GE Fanuc Automation User Manual

Fanuc 0i maintenance manual CNC milling machine
Fanuc 0i maintenance manual CNC milling machineFanuc 0i maintenance manual CNC milling machine
Fanuc 0i maintenance manual CNC milling machine
CNCDATAN
 
Fanuc manual fanuc series oi-model c
Fanuc manual fanuc series oi-model cFanuc manual fanuc series oi-model c
Fanuc manual fanuc series oi-model cesexton16
 
M700 70 navi mill-ib1500144-e
M700 70 navi mill-ib1500144-eM700 70 navi mill-ib1500144-e
M700 70 navi mill-ib1500144-e
Long Nhu
 
B 64485 en-01
B 64485 en-01B 64485 en-01
B 64485 en-01mt7038
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 110-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 110-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 110-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 110-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
jkemmd eudkmd
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 180LCN-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 180LCN-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 180LCN-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 180LCN-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
jkksemd yeuyhd
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 180LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 180LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 180LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 180LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
hkksejkdmm
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 70LCN-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 70LCN-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 70LCN-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 70LCN-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
ukejkmd
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 160LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 160LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 160LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 160LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
hskmdmjeiid
 
Hitachi zaxis zx 85 us 3 excavator service repair manual
Hitachi zaxis zx 85 us 3 excavator service repair manualHitachi zaxis zx 85 us 3 excavator service repair manual
Hitachi zaxis zx 85 us 3 excavator service repair manual
jksjekmd
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 120-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 120-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 120-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 120-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
jksmmd usekjdkm
 
Hitachi zaxis zx 110 m 3 excavator service repair manual
Hitachi zaxis zx 110 m 3 excavator service repair manualHitachi zaxis zx 110 m 3 excavator service repair manual
Hitachi zaxis zx 110 m 3 excavator service repair manual
jksjmdmd
 
Hitachi zaxis zx 135 us 3 excavator service repair manual
Hitachi zaxis zx 135 us 3 excavator service repair manualHitachi zaxis zx 135 us 3 excavator service repair manual
Hitachi zaxis zx 135 us 3 excavator service repair manual
jksjekmd
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 85USBLC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 85USBLC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 85USBLC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 85USBLC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
jkksemd yeuyhd
 
Hitachi zaxis zx 75 us 3 excavator service repair manual
Hitachi zaxis zx 75 us 3 excavator service repair manualHitachi zaxis zx 75 us 3 excavator service repair manual
Hitachi zaxis zx 75 us 3 excavator service repair manual
jkskjdkm
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 135USK-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 135USK-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 135USK-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 135USK-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
ukejkmd
 
Hitachi zaxis zx 110 3 excavator service repair manual
Hitachi zaxis zx 110 3 excavator service repair manualHitachi zaxis zx 110 3 excavator service repair manual
Hitachi zaxis zx 110 3 excavator service repair manual
jksjdmd
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 160LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 160LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 160LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 160LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
hjskejdm
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 130K-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 130K-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 130K-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 130K-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
jksemmd eudkdms
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 130L-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 130L-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 130L-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 130L-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
jkjskmmd
 

Similar to GE Fanuc Automation User Manual (20)

Fanuc 0i maintenance manual CNC milling machine
Fanuc 0i maintenance manual CNC milling machineFanuc 0i maintenance manual CNC milling machine
Fanuc 0i maintenance manual CNC milling machine
 
Fanuc manual fanuc series oi-model c
Fanuc manual fanuc series oi-model cFanuc manual fanuc series oi-model c
Fanuc manual fanuc series oi-model c
 
M700 70 navi mill-ib1500144-e
M700 70 navi mill-ib1500144-eM700 70 navi mill-ib1500144-e
M700 70 navi mill-ib1500144-e
 
B 64485 en-01
B 64485 en-01B 64485 en-01
B 64485 en-01
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 110-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 110-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 110-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 110-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 180LCN-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 180LCN-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 180LCN-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 180LCN-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 180LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 180LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 180LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 180LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 70LCN-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 70LCN-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 70LCN-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 70LCN-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 160LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 160LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 160LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 160LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
 
Hitachi zaxis zx 85 us 3 excavator service repair manual
Hitachi zaxis zx 85 us 3 excavator service repair manualHitachi zaxis zx 85 us 3 excavator service repair manual
Hitachi zaxis zx 85 us 3 excavator service repair manual
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 120-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 120-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 120-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 120-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
 
Hitachi zaxis zx 110 m 3 excavator service repair manual
Hitachi zaxis zx 110 m 3 excavator service repair manualHitachi zaxis zx 110 m 3 excavator service repair manual
Hitachi zaxis zx 110 m 3 excavator service repair manual
 
Hitachi zaxis zx 135 us 3 excavator service repair manual
Hitachi zaxis zx 135 us 3 excavator service repair manualHitachi zaxis zx 135 us 3 excavator service repair manual
Hitachi zaxis zx 135 us 3 excavator service repair manual
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 85USBLC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 85USBLC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 85USBLC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 85USBLC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
 
Hitachi zaxis zx 75 us 3 excavator service repair manual
Hitachi zaxis zx 75 us 3 excavator service repair manualHitachi zaxis zx 75 us 3 excavator service repair manual
Hitachi zaxis zx 75 us 3 excavator service repair manual
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 135USK-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 135USK-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 135USK-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 135USK-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
 
Hitachi zaxis zx 110 3 excavator service repair manual
Hitachi zaxis zx 110 3 excavator service repair manualHitachi zaxis zx 110 3 excavator service repair manual
Hitachi zaxis zx 110 3 excavator service repair manual
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 160LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 160LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 160LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 160LC-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 130K-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 130K-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 130K-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 130K-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
 
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 130L-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 130L-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair ManualHITACHI ZAXIS ZX 130L-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
HITACHI ZAXIS ZX 130L-3 EXCAVATOR Service Repair Manual
 

More from Independent Technology Service Inc

Keyboard Troubleshooting Maintenance Manual
Keyboard Troubleshooting Maintenance ManualKeyboard Troubleshooting Maintenance Manual
Keyboard Troubleshooting Maintenance Manual
Independent Technology Service Inc
 
Fadal Manual and Wiring Diagram Options PDF
Fadal Manual and Wiring Diagram Options PDFFadal Manual and Wiring Diagram Options PDF
Fadal Manual and Wiring Diagram Options PDF
Independent Technology Service Inc
 
Download Fadal Tool Changer Operator Manual
Download Fadal Tool Changer Operator ManualDownload Fadal Tool Changer Operator Manual
Download Fadal Tool Changer Operator Manual
Independent Technology Service Inc
 
Fadal Operator's Manual
Fadal Operator's ManualFadal Operator's Manual
Fadal Operator's Manual
Independent Technology Service Inc
 
Fadal VMC 4525 MODEL Parts Manual
Fadal VMC 4525 MODEL Parts ManualFadal VMC 4525 MODEL Parts Manual
Fadal VMC 4525 MODEL Parts Manual
Independent Technology Service Inc
 
Fadal Miscellaneous User Manual
Fadal Miscellaneous User ManualFadal Miscellaneous User Manual
Fadal Miscellaneous User Manual
Independent Technology Service Inc
 
Fadal Rotary Axes - User Manual
Fadal Rotary Axes - User ManualFadal Rotary Axes - User Manual
Fadal Rotary Axes - User Manual
Independent Technology Service Inc
 
Fadal Troubleshooting Maintenance Manual
Fadal Troubleshooting Maintenance ManualFadal Troubleshooting Maintenance Manual
Fadal Troubleshooting Maintenance Manual
Independent Technology Service Inc
 
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D Advanced Programming Guide
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D Advanced Programming GuideSINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D Advanced Programming Guide
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D Advanced Programming Guide
Independent Technology Service Inc
 
Fadal Rotary Axes - User Manual | ITSCNC.COM
Fadal Rotary Axes - User Manual | ITSCNC.COMFadal Rotary Axes - User Manual | ITSCNC.COM
Fadal Rotary Axes - User Manual | ITSCNC.COM
Independent Technology Service Inc
 
Fadal 104D Wiring Diagram - ITSCNC.com
Fadal 104D Wiring Diagram - ITSCNC.comFadal 104D Wiring Diagram - ITSCNC.com
Fadal 104D Wiring Diagram - ITSCNC.com
Independent Technology Service Inc
 
Fadal Probe Digitizing Manual
Fadal Probe Digitizing ManualFadal Probe Digitizing Manual
Fadal Probe Digitizing Manual
Independent Technology Service Inc
 
Fadal Probe Digitizing Manual
Fadal Probe Digitizing ManualFadal Probe Digitizing Manual
Fadal Probe Digitizing Manual
Independent Technology Service Inc
 
Fadal Part General Information - Maintenance Manual
Fadal Part General Information - Maintenance ManualFadal Part General Information - Maintenance Manual
Fadal Part General Information - Maintenance Manual
Independent Technology Service Inc
 
Fadal Part General Information - Maintenance Manual
Fadal Part General Information - Maintenance ManualFadal Part General Information - Maintenance Manual
Fadal Part General Information - Maintenance Manual
Independent Technology Service Inc
 
Fadal VMC 8030 MODEL Parts Manual
Fadal VMC 8030 MODEL Parts ManualFadal VMC 8030 MODEL Parts Manual
Fadal VMC 8030 MODEL Parts Manual
Independent Technology Service Inc
 
Fadal VMC 8030 MODEL Parts Manual
Fadal VMC 8030 MODEL Parts ManualFadal VMC 8030 MODEL Parts Manual
Fadal VMC 8030 MODEL Parts Manual
Independent Technology Service Inc
 
Fadal Siemens Control Touch Probe Manual
Fadal Siemens Control Touch Probe ManualFadal Siemens Control Touch Probe Manual
Fadal Siemens Control Touch Probe Manual
Independent Technology Service Inc
 
Fadal Command Menus: User Manual
Fadal Command Menus: User ManualFadal Command Menus: User Manual
Fadal Command Menus: User Manual
Independent Technology Service Inc
 
SINUMERIK 840D-840Di-810D Programming Fundamentals Manual
SINUMERIK 840D-840Di-810D Programming Fundamentals ManualSINUMERIK 840D-840Di-810D Programming Fundamentals Manual
SINUMERIK 840D-840Di-810D Programming Fundamentals Manual
Independent Technology Service Inc
 

More from Independent Technology Service Inc (20)

Keyboard Troubleshooting Maintenance Manual
Keyboard Troubleshooting Maintenance ManualKeyboard Troubleshooting Maintenance Manual
Keyboard Troubleshooting Maintenance Manual
 
Fadal Manual and Wiring Diagram Options PDF
Fadal Manual and Wiring Diagram Options PDFFadal Manual and Wiring Diagram Options PDF
Fadal Manual and Wiring Diagram Options PDF
 
Download Fadal Tool Changer Operator Manual
Download Fadal Tool Changer Operator ManualDownload Fadal Tool Changer Operator Manual
Download Fadal Tool Changer Operator Manual
 
Fadal Operator's Manual
Fadal Operator's ManualFadal Operator's Manual
Fadal Operator's Manual
 
Fadal VMC 4525 MODEL Parts Manual
Fadal VMC 4525 MODEL Parts ManualFadal VMC 4525 MODEL Parts Manual
Fadal VMC 4525 MODEL Parts Manual
 
Fadal Miscellaneous User Manual
Fadal Miscellaneous User ManualFadal Miscellaneous User Manual
Fadal Miscellaneous User Manual
 
Fadal Rotary Axes - User Manual
Fadal Rotary Axes - User ManualFadal Rotary Axes - User Manual
Fadal Rotary Axes - User Manual
 
Fadal Troubleshooting Maintenance Manual
Fadal Troubleshooting Maintenance ManualFadal Troubleshooting Maintenance Manual
Fadal Troubleshooting Maintenance Manual
 
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D Advanced Programming Guide
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D Advanced Programming GuideSINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D Advanced Programming Guide
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D Advanced Programming Guide
 
Fadal Rotary Axes - User Manual | ITSCNC.COM
Fadal Rotary Axes - User Manual | ITSCNC.COMFadal Rotary Axes - User Manual | ITSCNC.COM
Fadal Rotary Axes - User Manual | ITSCNC.COM
 
Fadal 104D Wiring Diagram - ITSCNC.com
Fadal 104D Wiring Diagram - ITSCNC.comFadal 104D Wiring Diagram - ITSCNC.com
Fadal 104D Wiring Diagram - ITSCNC.com
 
Fadal Probe Digitizing Manual
Fadal Probe Digitizing ManualFadal Probe Digitizing Manual
Fadal Probe Digitizing Manual
 
Fadal Probe Digitizing Manual
Fadal Probe Digitizing ManualFadal Probe Digitizing Manual
Fadal Probe Digitizing Manual
 
Fadal Part General Information - Maintenance Manual
Fadal Part General Information - Maintenance ManualFadal Part General Information - Maintenance Manual
Fadal Part General Information - Maintenance Manual
 
Fadal Part General Information - Maintenance Manual
Fadal Part General Information - Maintenance ManualFadal Part General Information - Maintenance Manual
Fadal Part General Information - Maintenance Manual
 
Fadal VMC 8030 MODEL Parts Manual
Fadal VMC 8030 MODEL Parts ManualFadal VMC 8030 MODEL Parts Manual
Fadal VMC 8030 MODEL Parts Manual
 
Fadal VMC 8030 MODEL Parts Manual
Fadal VMC 8030 MODEL Parts ManualFadal VMC 8030 MODEL Parts Manual
Fadal VMC 8030 MODEL Parts Manual
 
Fadal Siemens Control Touch Probe Manual
Fadal Siemens Control Touch Probe ManualFadal Siemens Control Touch Probe Manual
Fadal Siemens Control Touch Probe Manual
 
Fadal Command Menus: User Manual
Fadal Command Menus: User ManualFadal Command Menus: User Manual
Fadal Command Menus: User Manual
 
SINUMERIK 840D-840Di-810D Programming Fundamentals Manual
SINUMERIK 840D-840Di-810D Programming Fundamentals ManualSINUMERIK 840D-840Di-810D Programming Fundamentals Manual
SINUMERIK 840D-840Di-810D Programming Fundamentals Manual
 

Recently uploaded

Improving profitability for small business
Improving profitability for small businessImproving profitability for small business
Improving profitability for small business
Ben Wann
 
Premium MEAN Stack Development Solutions for Modern Businesses
Premium MEAN Stack Development Solutions for Modern BusinessesPremium MEAN Stack Development Solutions for Modern Businesses
Premium MEAN Stack Development Solutions for Modern Businesses
SynapseIndia
 
RMD24 | Retail media: hoe zet je dit in als je geen AH of Unilever bent? Heid...
RMD24 | Retail media: hoe zet je dit in als je geen AH of Unilever bent? Heid...RMD24 | Retail media: hoe zet je dit in als je geen AH of Unilever bent? Heid...
RMD24 | Retail media: hoe zet je dit in als je geen AH of Unilever bent? Heid...
BBPMedia1
 
Enterprise Excellence is Inclusive Excellence.pdf
Enterprise Excellence is Inclusive Excellence.pdfEnterprise Excellence is Inclusive Excellence.pdf
Enterprise Excellence is Inclusive Excellence.pdf
KaiNexus
 
ikea_woodgreen_petscharity_cat-alogue_digital.pdf
ikea_woodgreen_petscharity_cat-alogue_digital.pdfikea_woodgreen_petscharity_cat-alogue_digital.pdf
ikea_woodgreen_petscharity_cat-alogue_digital.pdf
agatadrynko
 
Sustainability: Balancing the Environment, Equity & Economy
Sustainability: Balancing the Environment, Equity & EconomySustainability: Balancing the Environment, Equity & Economy
Sustainability: Balancing the Environment, Equity & Economy
Operational Excellence Consulting
 
LA HUG - Video Testimonials with Chynna Morgan - June 2024
LA HUG - Video Testimonials with Chynna Morgan - June 2024LA HUG - Video Testimonials with Chynna Morgan - June 2024
LA HUG - Video Testimonials with Chynna Morgan - June 2024
Lital Barkan
 
Cracking the Workplace Discipline Code Main.pptx
Cracking the Workplace Discipline Code Main.pptxCracking the Workplace Discipline Code Main.pptx
Cracking the Workplace Discipline Code Main.pptx
Workforce Group
 
-- June 2024 is National Volunteer Month --
-- June 2024 is National Volunteer Month ---- June 2024 is National Volunteer Month --
-- June 2024 is National Volunteer Month --
NZSG
 
RMD24 | Debunking the non-endemic revenue myth Marvin Vacquier Droop | First ...
RMD24 | Debunking the non-endemic revenue myth Marvin Vacquier Droop | First ...RMD24 | Debunking the non-endemic revenue myth Marvin Vacquier Droop | First ...
RMD24 | Debunking the non-endemic revenue myth Marvin Vacquier Droop | First ...
BBPMedia1
 
Business Valuation Principles for Entrepreneurs
Business Valuation Principles for EntrepreneursBusiness Valuation Principles for Entrepreneurs
Business Valuation Principles for Entrepreneurs
Ben Wann
 
Meas_Dylan_DMBS_PB1_2024-05XX_Revised.pdf
Meas_Dylan_DMBS_PB1_2024-05XX_Revised.pdfMeas_Dylan_DMBS_PB1_2024-05XX_Revised.pdf
Meas_Dylan_DMBS_PB1_2024-05XX_Revised.pdf
dylandmeas
 
Search Disrupted Google’s Leaked Documents Rock the SEO World.pdf
Search Disrupted Google’s Leaked Documents Rock the SEO World.pdfSearch Disrupted Google’s Leaked Documents Rock the SEO World.pdf
Search Disrupted Google’s Leaked Documents Rock the SEO World.pdf
Arihant Webtech Pvt. Ltd
 
Discover the innovative and creative projects that highlight my journey throu...
Discover the innovative and creative projects that highlight my journey throu...Discover the innovative and creative projects that highlight my journey throu...
Discover the innovative and creative projects that highlight my journey throu...
dylandmeas
 
Affordable Stationery Printing Services in Jaipur | Navpack n Print
Affordable Stationery Printing Services in Jaipur | Navpack n PrintAffordable Stationery Printing Services in Jaipur | Navpack n Print
Affordable Stationery Printing Services in Jaipur | Navpack n Print
Navpack & Print
 
Buy Verified PayPal Account | Buy Google 5 Star Reviews
Buy Verified PayPal Account | Buy Google 5 Star ReviewsBuy Verified PayPal Account | Buy Google 5 Star Reviews
Buy Verified PayPal Account | Buy Google 5 Star Reviews
usawebmarket
 
The Influence of Marketing Strategy and Market Competition on Business Perfor...
The Influence of Marketing Strategy and Market Competition on Business Perfor...The Influence of Marketing Strategy and Market Competition on Business Perfor...
The Influence of Marketing Strategy and Market Competition on Business Perfor...
Adam Smith
 
The key differences between the MDR and IVDR in the EU
The key differences between the MDR and IVDR in the EUThe key differences between the MDR and IVDR in the EU
The key differences between the MDR and IVDR in the EU
Allensmith572606
 
3.0 Project 2_ Developing My Brand Identity Kit.pptx
3.0 Project 2_ Developing My Brand Identity Kit.pptx3.0 Project 2_ Developing My Brand Identity Kit.pptx
3.0 Project 2_ Developing My Brand Identity Kit.pptx
tanyjahb
 
一比一原版加拿大渥太华大学毕业证(uottawa毕业证书)如何办理
一比一原版加拿大渥太华大学毕业证(uottawa毕业证书)如何办理一比一原版加拿大渥太华大学毕业证(uottawa毕业证书)如何办理
一比一原版加拿大渥太华大学毕业证(uottawa毕业证书)如何办理
taqyed
 

Recently uploaded (20)

Improving profitability for small business
Improving profitability for small businessImproving profitability for small business
Improving profitability for small business
 
Premium MEAN Stack Development Solutions for Modern Businesses
Premium MEAN Stack Development Solutions for Modern BusinessesPremium MEAN Stack Development Solutions for Modern Businesses
Premium MEAN Stack Development Solutions for Modern Businesses
 
RMD24 | Retail media: hoe zet je dit in als je geen AH of Unilever bent? Heid...
RMD24 | Retail media: hoe zet je dit in als je geen AH of Unilever bent? Heid...RMD24 | Retail media: hoe zet je dit in als je geen AH of Unilever bent? Heid...
RMD24 | Retail media: hoe zet je dit in als je geen AH of Unilever bent? Heid...
 
Enterprise Excellence is Inclusive Excellence.pdf
Enterprise Excellence is Inclusive Excellence.pdfEnterprise Excellence is Inclusive Excellence.pdf
Enterprise Excellence is Inclusive Excellence.pdf
 
ikea_woodgreen_petscharity_cat-alogue_digital.pdf
ikea_woodgreen_petscharity_cat-alogue_digital.pdfikea_woodgreen_petscharity_cat-alogue_digital.pdf
ikea_woodgreen_petscharity_cat-alogue_digital.pdf
 
Sustainability: Balancing the Environment, Equity & Economy
Sustainability: Balancing the Environment, Equity & EconomySustainability: Balancing the Environment, Equity & Economy
Sustainability: Balancing the Environment, Equity & Economy
 
LA HUG - Video Testimonials with Chynna Morgan - June 2024
LA HUG - Video Testimonials with Chynna Morgan - June 2024LA HUG - Video Testimonials with Chynna Morgan - June 2024
LA HUG - Video Testimonials with Chynna Morgan - June 2024
 
Cracking the Workplace Discipline Code Main.pptx
Cracking the Workplace Discipline Code Main.pptxCracking the Workplace Discipline Code Main.pptx
Cracking the Workplace Discipline Code Main.pptx
 
-- June 2024 is National Volunteer Month --
-- June 2024 is National Volunteer Month ---- June 2024 is National Volunteer Month --
-- June 2024 is National Volunteer Month --
 
RMD24 | Debunking the non-endemic revenue myth Marvin Vacquier Droop | First ...
RMD24 | Debunking the non-endemic revenue myth Marvin Vacquier Droop | First ...RMD24 | Debunking the non-endemic revenue myth Marvin Vacquier Droop | First ...
RMD24 | Debunking the non-endemic revenue myth Marvin Vacquier Droop | First ...
 
Business Valuation Principles for Entrepreneurs
Business Valuation Principles for EntrepreneursBusiness Valuation Principles for Entrepreneurs
Business Valuation Principles for Entrepreneurs
 
Meas_Dylan_DMBS_PB1_2024-05XX_Revised.pdf
Meas_Dylan_DMBS_PB1_2024-05XX_Revised.pdfMeas_Dylan_DMBS_PB1_2024-05XX_Revised.pdf
Meas_Dylan_DMBS_PB1_2024-05XX_Revised.pdf
 
Search Disrupted Google’s Leaked Documents Rock the SEO World.pdf
Search Disrupted Google’s Leaked Documents Rock the SEO World.pdfSearch Disrupted Google’s Leaked Documents Rock the SEO World.pdf
Search Disrupted Google’s Leaked Documents Rock the SEO World.pdf
 
Discover the innovative and creative projects that highlight my journey throu...
Discover the innovative and creative projects that highlight my journey throu...Discover the innovative and creative projects that highlight my journey throu...
Discover the innovative and creative projects that highlight my journey throu...
 
Affordable Stationery Printing Services in Jaipur | Navpack n Print
Affordable Stationery Printing Services in Jaipur | Navpack n PrintAffordable Stationery Printing Services in Jaipur | Navpack n Print
Affordable Stationery Printing Services in Jaipur | Navpack n Print
 
Buy Verified PayPal Account | Buy Google 5 Star Reviews
Buy Verified PayPal Account | Buy Google 5 Star ReviewsBuy Verified PayPal Account | Buy Google 5 Star Reviews
Buy Verified PayPal Account | Buy Google 5 Star Reviews
 
The Influence of Marketing Strategy and Market Competition on Business Perfor...
The Influence of Marketing Strategy and Market Competition on Business Perfor...The Influence of Marketing Strategy and Market Competition on Business Perfor...
The Influence of Marketing Strategy and Market Competition on Business Perfor...
 
The key differences between the MDR and IVDR in the EU
The key differences between the MDR and IVDR in the EUThe key differences between the MDR and IVDR in the EU
The key differences between the MDR and IVDR in the EU
 
3.0 Project 2_ Developing My Brand Identity Kit.pptx
3.0 Project 2_ Developing My Brand Identity Kit.pptx3.0 Project 2_ Developing My Brand Identity Kit.pptx
3.0 Project 2_ Developing My Brand Identity Kit.pptx
 
一比一原版加拿大渥太华大学毕业证(uottawa毕业证书)如何办理
一比一原版加拿大渥太华大学毕业证(uottawa毕业证书)如何办理一比一原版加拿大渥太华大学毕业证(uottawa毕业证书)如何办理
一比一原版加拿大渥太华大学毕业证(uottawa毕业证书)如何办理
 

GE Fanuc Automation User Manual

  • 1. GE Fanuc Automation Computer Numerical Control Products Series 16i/160i/160is-MB Series 18i/180i/180is-MB5 Series 18i/180i/180is-MB Operator's Manual GFZ-63534EN/02 June 2002
  • 2. GFL-001 Warnings, Cautions, and Notes as Used in this Publication Warning Warning notices are used in this publication to emphasize that hazardous voltages, currents, temperatures, or other conditions that could cause personal injury exist in this equipment or may be associated with its use. In situations where inattention could cause either personal injury or damage to equipment, a Warning notice is used. Caution Caution notices are used where equipment might be damaged if care is not taken. Note Notes merely call attention to information that is especially significant to understanding and operating the equipment. This document is based on information available at the time of its publication. While efforts have been made to be accurate, the information contained herein does not purport to cover all details or variations in hardware or software, nor to provide for every possible contingency in connection with installation, operation, or maintenance. Features may be described herein which are not present in all hardware and software systems. GE Fanuc Automation assumes no obligation of notice to holders of this document with respect to changes subsequently made. GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory with respect to, and assumes no responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, sufficiency, or usefulness of the information contained herein. No warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose shall apply. ©Copyright 2002 GE Fanuc Automation North America, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
  • 3. s–1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS This section describes the safety precautions related to the use of CNC units. It is essential that these precautions be observed by users to ensure the safe operation of machines equipped with a CNC unit (all descriptions in this section assume this configuration). Note that some precautions are related only to specific functions, and thus may not be applicable to certain CNC units. Usersmust also observe the safety precautions related to the machine, as described in the relevant manualsupplied by the machine tool builder. Before attempting to operate the machine or create a program to control the operation of the machine, the operator must become fully familiar with the contents of this manual and relevant manual supplied by the machine tool builder. Contents 1. DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND NOTE s–2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. GENERAL WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS s–3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS RELATED TO PROGRAMMING s–5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS RELATED TO HANDLING s–7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. WARNINGS RELATED TO DAILY MAINTENANCE s–9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  • 4. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS B–63534EN/02 s–2 1 DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND NOTE This manual includes safety precautions for protecting the user and preventing damage to the machine. Precautions are classified into Warning and Caution according to their bearing on safety. Also, supplementary information is described as a Note. Read the Warning, Caution, and Note thoroughly before attempting to use the machine. WARNING Applied when there is a danger of the user being injured or when there is a danger of both the user being injured and the equipment being damaged if the approved procedure is not observed. CAUTION Applied when there is a danger of the equipment being damaged, if the approved procedure is not observed. NOTE The Note is used to indicate supplementary information other than Warning and Caution. ` Read this manual carefully, and store it in a safe place.
  • 5. B–63534EN/02 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS s–3 2 GENERAL WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS WARNING 1. Never attempt to machine a workpiece without first checking the operation of the machine. Before starting a production run, ensure that the machine is operating correctly by performing a trial run using, for example, the single block, feedrate override, or machine lock function or by operating the machine with neither a tool nor workpiece mounted. Failure to confirm the correct operation of the machine may result in the machine behaving unexpectedly, possibly causing damage to the workpiece and/or machine itself, or injury to the user. 2. Before operating the machine, thoroughly check the entered data. Operating the machine with incorrectly specified data may result in the machine behaving unexpectedly, possibly causing damage to the workpiece and/or machine itself, or injury to the user. 3. Ensure that the specified feedrate is appropriate for the intended operation. Generally, for each machine, there is a maximum allowable feedrate. The appropriate feedrate varies with the intended operation. Refer to the manual provided with the machine to determine the maximum allowable feedrate. If a machine is run at other than the correct speed, it may behave unexpectedly, possibly causing damage to the workpiece and/or machine itself, or injury to the user. 4. When using a tool compensation function, thoroughly check the direction and amount of compensation. Operating the machine with incorrectly specified data may result in the machine behaving unexpectedly, possibly causing damage to the workpiece and/or machine itself, or injury to the user. 5. Theparameters for the CNC and PMC are factory–set. Usually, there is not need to change them. When, however, there is not alternative other than to change a parameter, ensure that you fully understand the function of the parameter before making any change. Failure to set a parameter correctly may result in the machine behaving unexpectedly, possibly causing damage to the workpiece and/or machine itself, or injury to the user. 6. Immediately after switching on the power, do not touch any of the keys on the MDI panel until the position display or alarm screen appears on the CNC unit. Some of the keys on the MDI panel are dedicated to maintenance or other special operations. Pressing any of these keys may place the CNC unit in other than its normal state. Starting the machine in this state may cause it to behave unexpectedly. 7. The operator’s manual and programming manual supplied with a CNC unit provide an overall description of the machine’s functions, including any optional functions. Note that the optional functions will vary from one machine model to another. Therefore, some functions described in the manuals may not actually be available for a particular model. Check the specification of the machine if in doubt.
  • 6. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS B–63534EN/02 s–4 WARNING 8. Some functions may have been implemented at the request of the machine–tool builder. When using such functions, refer to the manual supplied by the machine–tool builder for details of their use and any related cautions. CAUTION 1 Do not remove the internal parts, including the ATA card and compact flash card, from within the CNC. NOTE Programs, parameters, and macro variables are stored in nonvolatile memory in the CNC unit. Usually, they are retained even if the power is turned off. Such data may be deleted inadvertently, however, or it may prove necessary to delete all data from nonvolatile memory as part of error recovery. To guard against the occurrence of the above, and assure quick restoration of deleted data, backup all vital data, and keep the backup copy in a safe place.
  • 7. B–63534EN/02 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS s–5 3 WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS RELATED TO PROGRAMMING This section covers the major safety precautions related to programming. Before attempting to perform programming, read the supplied operator’s manual and programming manual carefully such that you are fully familiar with their contents. WARNING 1. Coordinate system setting If a coordinate system is established incorrectly, the machine may behave unexpectedly as a result of the program issuing an otherwise valid move command. Such an unexpected operation may damage the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or cause injury to the user. 2. Positioning by nonlinear interpolation When performing positioning by nonlinear interpolation (positioning by nonlinear movement between the start and end points), the tool path must be carefully confirmed before performing programming. Positioning involves rapid traverse. If the tool collides with the workpiece, it may damage the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or cause injury to the user. 3. Function involving a rotation axis When programming polar coordinate interpolation or normal–direction (perpendicular) control, pay careful attention to the speed of the rotation axis. Incorrect programming may result in the rotation axis speed becoming excessively high, such that centrifugal force causes the chuck to lose its grip on the workpiece if the latter is not mounted securely. Such mishap is likely to damage the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or cause injury to the user. 4. Inch/metric conversion Switching between inch and metric inputs does not convert the measurement units of data such as the workpiece origin offset, parameter, and current position. Before starting the machine, therefore, determine which measurement units are being used. Attempting to perform an operation with invalid data specified may damage the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or cause injury to the user. 5. Constant surface speed control When an axis subject to constant surface speed control approaches the origin of the workpiece coordinate system, the spindle speed may become excessively high. Therefore, it is necessary to specify a maximum allowable speed. Specifying the maximum allowable speed incorrectly may damage the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or cause injury to the user.
  • 8. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS B–63534EN/02 s–6 WARNING 6. Stroke check After switching on the power, perform a manual reference position return as required. Stroke checkis not possible before manual reference position return is performed. Notethatwhenstroke check is disabled, an alarm is not issued even if a stroke limit is exceeded, possibly damaging the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or causing injury to the user. 7. Tool post interference check A tool post interference check is performed based on the tool data specified during automatic operation. If the tool specification does not match the tool actually being used, the interference check cannot be made correctly, possibly damaging the tool or the machine itself, or causing injury to the user. After switching on the power, or after selecting a tool post manually, always start automatic operation and specify the tool number of the tool to be used. 8. Absolute/incremental mode If a program created with absolute values is run in incremental mode, or vice versa, the machine may behave unexpectedly. 9. Plane selection Ifan incorrect plane is specified for circular interpolation, helical interpolation, oracannedcycle, the machine may behave unexpectedly. Refer to the descriptions of the respective functions for details. 10. Torque limit skip Before attempting a torque limit skip, apply the torque limit. If a torque limit skip is specified without the torque limit actually being applied, a move command will be executed without performing a skip. 11. Programmable mirror image Note that programmed operations vary considerably when a programmable mirror image is enabled. 12. Compensation function If a command based on the machine coordinate system or a reference position return command is issued in compensation function mode, compensation is temporarily canceled, resulting in the unexpected behavior of the machine. Before issuing any of the above commands, therefore, always cancel compensation function mode.
  • 9. B–63534EN/02 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS s–7 4 WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS RELATED TO HANDLING This section presents safety precautions related to the handling of machine tools. Before attempting to operate your machine, read the supplied operator’s manual and programming manual carefully, such that you are fully familiar with their contents. WARNING 1. Manual operation When operating the machine manually, determine the current position of the tool and workpiece, and ensure that the movement axis, direction, and feedrate have been specified correctly. Incorrect operation of the machine may damage the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or cause injury to the operator. 2. Manual reference position return After switching on the power, perform manual reference position return as required. If the machine is operated without first performing manual reference position return, it may behave unexpectedly. Stroke check is not possible before manual reference position return is performed. An unexpected operation of the machine may damage the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or cause injury to the user. 3. Manual numeric command When issuing a manual numeric command, determine the current position of the tool and workpiece, and ensure that the movement axis, direction, and command have been specified correctly, and that the entered values are valid. Attempting to operate the machine with an invalid command specified may damage the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or cause injury to the operator. 4. Manual handle feed In manual handle feed, rotating the handle with a large scale factor, such as 100, applied causes the tool and table to move rapidly. Careless handling may damage the tool and/or machine, or cause injury to the user. 5. Disabled override If override is disabled (according to the specification in a macro variable) during threading, rigid tapping, or other tapping, the speed cannot be predicted, possibly damaging the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or causing injury to the operator. 6. Origin/preset operation Basically, never attempt an origin/preset operation when the machine is operating under the control of a program. Otherwise, the machine may behave unexpectedly, possibly damaging the tool, the machine itself, the tool, or causing injury to the user.
  • 10. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS B–63534EN/02 s–8 WARNING 7. Workpiece coordinate system shift Manual intervention, machine lock, or mirror imaging may shift the workpiece coordinate system. Before attempting to operate the machine under the control of a program, confirm the coordinate system carefully. Ifthe machine is operated under the control of a program without making allowances for any shift in the workpiece coordinate system, the machine may behave unexpectedly, possibly damaging the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or causing injury to the operator. 8. Software operator’s panel and menu switches Using the software operator’s panel and menu switches, in combination with the MDI panel, it is possible to specify operations not supported by the machine operator’s panel, such as mode change, override value change, and jog feed commands. Note, however, that if the MDI panel keys are operated inadvertently, the machine may behave unexpectedly, possibly damaging the tool, the machine itself, the workpiece, or causing injury to the user. 9. Manual intervention If manual intervention is performed during programmed operation of the machine, the tool path may vary when the machine is restarted. Before restarting the machine after manual intervention, therefore, confirm the settings of the manual absolute switches, parameters, and absolute/incremental command mode. 10. Feed hold, override, and single block The feed hold, feedrate override, and single block functions can be disabled using custom macro system variable #3004. Be careful when operating the machine in this case. 11. Dry run Usually, a dry run is used to confirm the operation of the machine. During a dry run, the machine operates at dry run speed, which differs from the corresponding programmed feedrate. Note that the dry run speed may sometimes be higher than the programmed feed rate. 12. Cutter and tool nose radius compensation in MDI mode Pay careful attention to a tool path specified by a command in MDI mode, because cutter or tool nose radius compensation is not applied. When a command is entered from the MDI to interrupt in automatic operation in cutter or tool nose radius compensation mode, pay particular attention to the tool path when automatic operation is subsequently resumed. Refer to the descriptions of the corresponding functions for details. 13. Program editing If the machine is stopped, after which the machining program is edited (modification, insertion, or deletion), the machine may behave unexpectedly if machining is resumed under the control of that program. Basically, do not modify, insert, or delete commands from a machining program while it is in use.
  • 11. B–63534EN/02 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS s–9 5 WARNINGS RELATED TO DAILY MAINTENANCE WARNING 1. Memory backup battery replacement Only those personnel who have received approved safety and maintenance training may perform this work. When replacing the batteries, be careful not to touch the high–voltage circuits (marked and fitted with an insulating cover). Touching the uncovered high–voltage circuits presents an extremely dangerous electric shock hazard. NOTE The CNC uses batteries to preserve the contents of its memory, because it must retain data such as programs, offsets, and parameters even while external power is not applied. If the battery voltage drops, a low battery voltage alarm is displayed on the machine operator’s panel or screen. When a low battery voltage alarm is displayed, replace the batteries within a week. Otherwise, the contents of the CNC’s memory will be lost. Refer to the maintenance section of the operator’s manual or programming manual for details of the battery replacement procedure.
  • 12. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS B–63534EN/02 s–10 WARNING 2. Absolute pulse coder battery replacement Only those personnel who have received approved safety and maintenance training may perform this work. When replacing the batteries, be careful not to touch the high–voltage circuits (marked and fitted with an insulating cover). Touching the uncovered high–voltage circuits presents an extremely dangerous electric shock hazard. NOTE The absolute pulse coder uses batteries to preserve its absolute position. If the battery voltage drops, a low battery voltage alarm is displayed on the machine operator’s panel or screen. When a low battery voltage alarm is displayed, replace the batteries within a week. Otherwise, the absolute position data held by the pulse coder will be lost. Refer to the FANUC SERVO AMPLIFIER αi series Maintenance Manual or FANUC SERVO AMPLIFIER α series Maintenance Manual for details of the battery replacement procedure.
  • 13. B–63534EN/02 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS s–11 WARNING 3. Fuse replacement Before replacing a blown fuse, however, it is necessary to locate and remove the cause of the blown fuse. For this reason, only those personnel who have received approved safety and maintenance training may perform this work. When replacing a fuse with the cabinet open, be careful not to touch the high–voltage circuits (marked and fitted with an insulating cover). Touching an uncovered high–voltage circuit presents an extremely dangerous electric shock hazard.
  • 14.
  • 15. B–63534EN/02 Table of Contents c–1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS s–1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I. GENERAL 1. GENERAL 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 GENERAL FLOW OF OPERATION OF CNC MACHINE TOOL 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2 NOTES ON READING THIS MANUAL 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3 NOTES ON VARIOUS KINDS OF DATA 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II. PROGRAMMING 1. GENERAL 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 TOOL MOVEMENT ALONG WORKPIECE PARTS FIGURE–INTERPOLATION 14 . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2 FEED–FEED FUNCTION 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3 PART DRAWING AND TOOL MOVEMENT 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.1 ReferencePosition (Machine–Specific Position) 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.2 Coordinate System on Part Drawing and Coordinate System Specified by CNC – Coordinate System 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.3 How to Indicate Command Dimensions for Moving the Tool – Absolute, IncrementalCommands 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4 CUTTING SPEED – SPINDLE SPEED FUNCTION 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 SELECTION OF TOOL USED FOR VARIOUS MACHINING – TOOL FUNCTION 23 . . . . . . . . . . 1.6 COMMAND FOR MACHINE OPERATIONS – MISCELLANEOUS FUNCTION 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7 PROGRAM CONFIGURATION 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8 TOOL FIGURE AND TOOL MOTION BY PROGRAM 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 TOOL MOVEMENT RANGE – STROKE 29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. CONTROLLED AXES 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 CONTROLLED AXES 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 AXIS NAME 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3 INCREMENT SYSTEM 33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4 MAXIMUM STROKE 34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. PREPARATORY FUNCTION (G FUNCTION) 35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. INTERPOLATION FUNCTIONS 41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 POSITIONING (G00) 42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 SINGLE DIRECTION POSITIONING (G60) 44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3 LINEAR INTERPOLATION (G01) 46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4 CIRCULAR INTERPOLATION (G02, G03) 48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 HELICAL INTERPOLATION (G02, G03) 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 HELICAL INTERPOLATION B (G02, G03) 53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7 SPIRAL INTERPOLATION, CONICAL INTERPOLATION (G02, G03) 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8 POLAR COORDINATE INTERPOLATION (G12.1, G13.1) 59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9 CYLINDRICAL INTERPOLATION (G07.1) 63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10 INVOLUTE INTERPOLATION (G02.2, G03.2) 66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  • 16. B–63534EN/02 Table of Contents c–2 4.11 EXPONENTIAL INTERPOLATION (G02.3, G03.3) 71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.12 SMOOTH INTERPOLATION (G05.1) 75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13 NURBS INTERPOLATION (G06.2) 79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.14 HYPOTHETICAL AXIS INTERPOLATION (G07) 84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.15 THREAD CUTTING (G33) 86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.16 SKIP FUNCTION (G31) 88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.17 MULTISTAGE SKIP (G31) 90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.18 HIGH SPEED SKIP SIGNAL (G31) 91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.19 CONTINUOUS HIGH–SPEED SKIP FUNCTION (G31) 92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. FEED FUNCTIONS 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1 GENERAL 94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2 RAPID TRAVERSE 96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3 CUTTING FEED 97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4 CUTTING FEEDRATE CONTROL 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4.1 Exact Stop (G09, G61) Cutting Mode (G64) Tapping Mode (G63) 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4.2 Automatic Corner Override 104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4.2.1 Automatic Override for Inner Corners (G62) 104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4.2.2 Internal Circular Cutting Feedrate Change 106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4.3 AutomaticCornerDeceleration 107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4.3.1 Corner Deceleration According to the Corner Angle 107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4.3.2 Corner Deceleration According to the Feedrate Difference between Blocks Along Each Axis 110 . 5.5 DWELL (G04) 114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. REFERENCE POSITION 115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 REFERENCE POSITION RETURN 116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 FLOATING REFERENCE POSITION RETURN (G30.1) 121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. COORDINATE SYSTEM 122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 MACHINE COORDINATE SYSTEM 123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2 WORKPIECE COORDINATE SYSTEM 124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2.1 Setting a Workpiece Coordinate System 124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2.2 Selecting a Workpiece Coordinate System 125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2.3 Changing Workpiece Coordinate System 126 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2.4 Workpiece Coordinate System Preset (G92.1) 129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2.5 Adding Workpiece Coordinate Systems (G54.1 or G54) 131 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3 LOCAL COORDINATE SYSTEM 133 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4 PLANE SELECTION 135 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. COORDINATE VALUE AND DIMENSION 136 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.1 ABSOLUTE AND INCREMENTAL PROGRAMMING (G90, G91) 137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2 POLAR COORDINATE COMMAND (G15, G16) 138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.3 INCH/METRIC CONVERSION (G20, G21) 141 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4 DECIMAL POINT PROGRAMMING 142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  • 17. B–63534EN/02 Table of Contents c–3 9. SPINDLE SPEED FUNCTION (S FUNCTION) 143 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1 SPECIFYING THE SPINDLE SPEED WITH A CODE 144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.2 SPECIFYING THE SPINDLE SPEED VALUE DIRECTLY (S5–DIGIT COMMAND) 144 . . . . . . . . . 9.3 CONSTANT SURFACE SPEED CONTROL (G96, G97) 145 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4 SPINDLE SPEED FLUCTUATION DETECTION FUNCTION (G25, G26) 148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.TOOL FUNCTION (T FUNCTION) 151 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1 TOOL SELECTION FUNCTION 152 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2 TOOL LIFE MANAGEMENT FUNCTION 153 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.1 Tool Life Management Data 154 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.2 Register, Change and Delete of Tool Life Management Data 155 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.3 Tool Life Management Command in a Machining Program 158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.4 Tool Life 161 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.AUXILIARY FUNCTION 162 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1 AUXILIARY FUNCTION (M FUNCTION) 163 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 MULTIPLE M COMMANDS IN A SINGLE BLOCK 164 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3 M CODE GROUP CHECK FUNCTION 165 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4 THE SECOND AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS (B CODES) 166 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.PROGRAM CONFIGURATION 167 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1 PROGRAM COMPONENTS OTHER THAN PROGRAM SECTIONS 169 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.2 PROGRAM SECTION CONFIGURATION 172 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.3 SUBPROGRAM (M98, M99) 178 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.4 8–DIGIT PROGRAM NUMBER 182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.FUNCTIONS TO SIMPLIFY PROGRAMMING 185 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1 CANNED CYCLE 186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1.1 High–Speed Peck Drilling Cycle (G73) 190 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1.2 Left–Handed Tapping Cycle (G74) 192 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1.3 Fine Boring Cycle (G76) 194 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1.4 Drilling Cycle, Spot Drilling (G81) 196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1.5 Drilling Cycle Counter Boring Cycle (G82) 198 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1.6 Peck Drilling Cycle (G83) 200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1.7 Small–Hole Peck Drilling Cycle (G83) 202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1.8 Tapping Cycle (G84) 206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1.9 Boring Cycle (G85) 208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1.10 Boring Cycle (G86) 210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1.11 Back Boring Cycle (G87) 212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1.12 Boring Cycle (G88) 214 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1.13 Boring Cycle (G89) 216 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1.14 Canned Cycle Cancel (G80) 218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2 RIGID TAPPING 221 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2.1 Rigid Tapping (G84) 222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2.2 Left–Handed Rigid Tapping Cycle (G74) 225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2.3 Peck Rigid Tapping Cycle (G84 or G74) 228 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2.4 Canned Cycle Cancel (G80) 230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3 CANNED GRINDING CYCLE (FOR GRINDING MACHINE) 231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.1 Plunge Grinding Cycle (G75) 232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.2 Direct Constant–Dimension Plunge Grinding Cycle (G77) 234 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  • 18. B–63534EN/02 Table of Contents c–4 13.3.3 Continuous–Feed Surface Grinding Cycle (G78) 236 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.4 Intermittent–Feed Surface Grinding Cycle (G79) 238 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.4 GRINDING–WHEEL WEAR COMPENSATION BY CONTINUOUS DRESSING (FOR GRINDING MACHINE) 240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.5 AUTOMATIC GRINDING WHEEL DIAMETER COMPENSATION AFTER DRESSING 241 . . . . . 13.5.1 Checking the Minimum Grinding Wheel Diameter (For Grinding Machine) 241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.6 IN–FEED GRINDING ALONG THE Y AND Z AXES AT THE END OF TABLE SWING (FOR GRINDING MACHINE) 242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.7 OPTIONAL ANGLE CHAMFERING AND CORNER ROUNDING 243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.8 EXTERNAL MOTION FUNCTION (G81) 246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.9 FIGURE COPY (G72.1, G72.2) 247 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.10 THREE–DIMENSIONAL COORDINATE CONVERSION (G68, G69) 254 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.11 INDEX TABLE INDEXING FUNCTION 261 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.COMPENSATION FUNCTION 264 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.1 TOOL LENGTH OFFSET (G43, G44, G49) 265 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.1.1 General 265 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.1.2 G53, G28, G30, and G30.1 Commands in Tool Length Offset Mode 270 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.2 AUTOMATIC TOOL LENGTH MEASUREMENT (G37) 273 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.3 TOOL OFFSET (G45–G48) 277 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4 CUTTER COMPENSATION B (G39–G42) 282 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.1 Cutter Compensation Left (G41) 285 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.2 Cutter Compensation Right (G42) 287 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.3 Corner Offset Circular Interpolation (G39) 289 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.4 Cutter Compensation Cancel (G40) 290 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.5 Switch between Cutter Compensation Left and Cutter Compensation Right 291 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.6 Change of the Cutter Compensation Value 292 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.7 Positive/Negative Cutter Compensation Value and Tool Center Path 293 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5 OVERVIEW OF CUTTER COMPENSATION C (G40–G42) 295 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.6 DETAILS OF CUTTER COMPENSATION C 301 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.6.1 General 301 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.6.2 Tool Movement in Start–up 302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.6.3 Tool Movement in Offset Mode 306 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.6.4 Tool Movement in Offset Mode Cancel 320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.6.5 InterferenceCheck 326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.6.6 Overcutting by Cutter Compensation 331 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.6.7 Input Command from MDI 334 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.6.8 G53, G28, G30, G30.1 and G29 Commands in Cutter Compensation C Mode 335 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.6.9 Corner Circular Interpolation (G39) 354 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.7 THREE–DIMENSIONAL TOOL COMPENSATION (G40, G41) 356 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.8 TOOL COMPENSATION VALUES, NUMBER OF COMPENSATION VALUES, AND ENTERING VALUES FROM THE PROGRAM (G10) 360 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.9 SCALING (G50, G51) 362 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.10 COORDINATE SYSTEM ROTATION (G68, G69) 367 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.11 NORMAL DIRECTION CONTROL (G40.1, G41.1, G42.1 OR G150, G151, G152) 373 . . . . . . . . . . . 14.12 PROGRAMMABLE MIRROR IMAGE (G50.1, G51.1) 378 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.13 GRINDING WHEEL WEAR COMPENSATION 380 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.14 ROTARY TABLE DYNAMIC FIXTURE OFFSET 384 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  • 19. B–63534EN/02 Table of Contents c–5 15.CUSTOM MACRO 392 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.1 VARIABLES 393 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.2 SYSTEM VARIABLES 397 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3 ARITHMETIC AND LOGIC OPERATION 406 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.4 MACRO STATEMENTS AND NC STATEMENTS 411 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5 BRANCH AND REPETITION 412 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5.1 Unconditional Branch (GOTOStatement) 412 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5.2 Conditional Branch (IF Statement) 412 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5.3 Repetition(WhileStatement) 413 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6 MACRO CALL 416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.1 Simple Call (G65) 417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.2 Modal Call (G66) 421 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.3 Macro Call Using G Code 423 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.4 Macro Call Using an M Code 424 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.5 Subprogram Call Using an M Code 425 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.6 Subprogram Calls Using a T Code 426 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.7 Sample Program 427 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.7 PROCESSING MACRO STATEMENTS 429 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.7.1 Detailsof NC Statements and Macro Statements Execution 429 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.7.2 Caution for Using System Variables 431 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.8 REGISTERING CUSTOM MACRO PROGRAMS 434 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.9 LIMITATIONS 435 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.10 EXTERNAL OUTPUT COMMANDS 436 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.11 INTERRUPTION TYPE CUSTOM MACRO 440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.11.1 SpecificationMethod 441 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.11.2 Details of Functions 442 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.PATTERN DATA INPUT FUNCTION 450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.1 DISPLAYING THE PATTERN MENU 451 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.2 PATTERN DATA DISPLAY 455 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.3 CHARACTERS AND CODES TO BE USED FOR THE PATTERN DATA INPUT FUNCTION 459 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.PROGRAMMABLE PARAMETER ENTRY (G10) 461 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.MEMORY OPERATION USING FS15 TAPE FORMAT 463 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.HIGH SPEED CUTTING FUNCTIONS 464 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.1 HIGH–SPEED CYCLE CUTTING 465 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.2 FEEDRATE CLAMPING BY ARC RADIUS 467 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3 HIGH–SPEED REMOTE BUFFER 468 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3.1 High–Speed Remote Buffer A (G05) 468 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3.2 High–Speed Remote Buffer B (G05) 471 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.4 DISTRIBUTION PROCESSING TERMINATION MONITORING FUNCTION FOR THE HIGH–SPEED MACHINING COMMAND (G05) 472 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.5 HIGH–SPEED LINEAR INTERPOLATION (G05) 473 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.6 ADVANCED PREVIEW CONTROL (G08) 476 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.7 AI CONTOUR CONTROL FUNCTION/AI NANO CONTOUR CONTROL FUNCTION 478 . . . . . .
  • 20. B–63534EN/02 Table of Contents c–6 19.8 HIGH–PRECISION CONTOUR CONTROL 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.9 LOOK–AHEAD BELL–SHAPED ACCELERATION/DECELERATION BEFORE INTERPOLATION TIME CONSTANT CHANGE FUNCTION 508 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.10 OPTIMUM TORQUE ACCELERATION/DECELERATION 514 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.AXIS CONTROL FUNCTIONS 527 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.1 SIMPLE SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL 528 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.2 ROTARY AXIS ROLL–OVER 531 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.2.1 Rotary Axis Roll–over 531 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.2.2 Rotary Axis Control 532 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.3 TOOL WITHDRAWAL AND RETURN (G10.6) 533 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.4 TANDEM CONTROL 536 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.5 ANGULAR AXIS CONTROL/ARBITRARY ANGULAR AXIS CONTROL 537 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.6 CHOPPING FUNCTION (G80, G81.1) 539 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.7 HOBBING MACHINE FUNCTION (G80, G81) 545 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.8 SIMPLE ELECTRIC GEAR BOX (G80, G81) 551 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.8.1 Simple Electric Gear Box (G80, G81) 551 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.8.2 Skip Function for EGB Axis (G31.8) 556 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.8.3 Spindle Electronic Gear Box 559 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.8.4 Electronic Gear Box Automatic Phase Synchronization 568 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.8.5 Electronic Gear Box 2 Pair 576 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.TWO–PATH CONTROL FUNCTION 590 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.1 GENERAL 591 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.2 WAITING FOR PATHS 592 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.3 MEMORY COMMON TO PATH 594 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.4 COPYING A PROGRAM BETWEEN TWO PATHS 595 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.RISC PROCESSOR 596 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.1 AI HIGH PRECISION CONTOUR CONTROL/AI NANO HIGH PRECISION CONTOUR CONTROL 607 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.1.1 Look–aheadAcceleration/DecelerationBeforeInterpolation 608 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.1.2 Automatic Feedrate Control Function 613 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.1.3 Restrictions 622 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.1.4 The Function List which Can be Used 625 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.2 CYLINDRICAL INTERPOLATION CUTTING POINT CONTROL (G07.1) 633 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.3 TOOL CENTER POINT CONTROL 643 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.4 TOOL AXIS COMPENSATION IN TOOL AXIS DIRECTION 655 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.5 3–DIMENSIONAL CUTTER COMPENSATION 668 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.5.1 Tool Side Compensation 668 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.5.2 Leading Edge Offset 682 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.5.3 Restrictions 688 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.6 3–DIMENSIONAL CIRCULAR INTERPOLATION 693 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . III. OPERATION 699 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. GENERAL 701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 MANUAL OPERATION 702 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  • 21. B–63534EN/02 Table of Contents c–7 1.2 TOOL MOVEMENT BY PROGRAMING–AUTOMATIC OPERATION 704 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3 AUTOMATIC OPERATION 705 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4 TESTING A PROGRAM 707 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.1 Check by Running the Machine 707 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.2 How to View the Position Display Change without Running the Machine 708 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 EDITING A PART PROGRAM 709 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6 DISPLAYING AND SETTING DATA 710 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7 DISPLAY 713 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7.1 Program Display 713 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7.2 Current Position Display 714 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7.3 AlarmDisplay 714 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7.4 Parts Count Display, Run Time Display 715 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7.5 GraphicDisplay 715 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8 DATA INPUT/OUTPUT 716 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. OPERATIONAL DEVICES 717 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 SETTING AND DISPLAY UNITS 718 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1.1 7.2″/8.4″ LCD–Mounted Type CNC Control Unit 719 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1.2 9.5″/10.4″ LCD–Mounted Type CNC Control Unit 719 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1.3 Stand–Alone Type Small MDI Unit 720 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1.4 Stand–Alone Type Standard MDI Unit 721 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1.5 Stand–Alone Type 61 Full Key MDI Unit 722 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 EXPLANATION OF THE KEYBOARD 723 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3 FUNCTION KEYS AND SOFT KEYS 725 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.1 GeneralScreen Operations 725 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.2 Function Keys 726 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.3 Soft Keys 727 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.4 Key Input and Input Buffer 743 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.5 WarningMessages 744 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.6 Soft Key Configuration 745 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4 EXTERNAL I/O DEVICES 746 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4.1 FANUC Handy File 748 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 POWER ON/OFF 749 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5.1 Turning on the Power 749 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5.2 Screen Displayed at Power–on 750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5.3 PowerDisconnection 751 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. MANUAL OPERATION 752 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 MANUAL REFERENCE POSITION RETURN 753 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 JOG FEED 755 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 INCREMENTAL FEED 757 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 MANUAL HANDLE FEED 758 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 MANUAL ABSOLUTE ON AND OFF 761 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6 TOOL AXIS DIRECTION HANDLE FEED/TOOL AXIS DIRECTION HANDLE FEED B 766 . . . . 3.6.1 Tool Axis Direction Handle Feed 766 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.2 Tool Axis Normal Direction Handle Feed 769 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 MANUAL LINEAR/CIRCULAR INTERPOLATION 774 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8 MANUAL RIGID TAPPING 779 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 MANUAL NUMERIC COMMAND 781 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  • 22. B–63534EN/02 Table of Contents c–8 4. AUTOMATIC OPERATION 789 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 MEMORY OPERATION 790 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 MDI OPERATION 793 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3 DNC OPERATION 797 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4 SIMULTANEOUS INPUT/OUTPUT 800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 PROGRAM RESTART 802 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 SCHEDULING FUNCTION 809 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7 SUBPROGRAM CALL FUNCTION (M198) 814 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8 MANUAL HANDLE INTERRUPTION 816 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9 MIRROR IMAGE 819 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10 TOOL WITHDRAWAL AND RETURN 821 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11 RETRACE FUNCTION 827 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.12 MANUAL INTERVENTION AND RETURN 835 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13 DNC OPERATION WITH MEMORY CARD 837 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13.1 Specification 837 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13.2 Operations 838 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13.2.1 DNC Operation 838 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13.2.2 Subprogram Call (M198) 839 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13.3 Limitation and Notes 840 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13.4 Parameter 840 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13.5 Connecting PCMCIA Card Attachment 841 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13.5.1 SpecificationNumber 841 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13.5.2 Assembling 841 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13.6 Recommended Memory Card 843 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. TEST OPERATION 844 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1 MACHINE LOCK AND AUXILIARY FUNCTION LOCK 845 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2 FEEDRATE OVERRIDE 847 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3 RAPID TRAVERSE OVERRIDE 848 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4 DRY RUN 849 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 SINGLE BLOCK 850 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. SAFETY FUNCTIONS 852 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 EMERGENCY STOP 853 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 OVERTRAVEL 854 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3 STORED STROKE CHECK 855 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4 STROKE LIMIT CHECK PRIOR TO PERFORMING MOVEMENT 859 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. ALARM AND SELF–DIAGNOSIS FUNCTIONS 862 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 ALARM DISPLAY 863 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2 ALARM HISTORY DISPLAY 865 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3 CHECKING BY SELF–DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN 866 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. DATA INPUT/OUTPUT 869 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.1 FILES 870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2 FILE SEARCH 872 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  • 23. B–63534EN/02 Table of Contents c–9 8.3 FILE DELETION 874 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4 PROGRAM INPUT/OUTPUT 875 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4.1 Inputting a Program 875 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4.2 Outputting a Program 878 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5 OFFSET DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT 880 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.1 Inputting OffsetData 880 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.2 Outputting OffsetData 881 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6 INPUTTING AND OUTPUTTING PARAMETERS AND PITCH ERROR COMPENSATION DATA 882 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.1 InputtingParameters 882 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.2 OutputtingParameters 883 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.3 Inputting Pitch Error Compensation Data 884 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.4 Outputting Pitch Error Compensation Data 885 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7 INPUTTING/OUTPUTTING CUSTOM MACRO COMMON VARIABLES 886 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7.1 Inputting Custom Macro Common Variables 886 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7.2 Outputting Custom Macro Common Variable 887 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8 DISPLAYING DIRECTORY OF FLOPPY CASSETTE 888 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8.1 Displaying the Directory 889 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8.2 Reading Files 892 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8.3 Outputting Programs 893 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8.4 DeletingFiles 894 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.9 OUTPUTTING A PROGRAM LIST FOR A SPECIFIED GROUP 896 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.10 DATA INPUT/OUTPUT ON THE ALL IO SCREEN 897 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.10.1 SettingInput/Output–RelatedParameters 898 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.10.2 Inputting and Outputting Programs 899 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.10.3 Inputting and Outputting Parameters 904 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.10.4 Inputting and Outputting OffsetData 906 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.10.5 Outputting Custom Macro Common Variables 908 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.10.6 Inputting and Outputting Floppy Files 909 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.11 DATA INPUT/OUTPUT USING A MEMORY CARD 914 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.12 DATA INPUT/OUTPUT BY EMBEDDED ETHERNET 926 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.12.1 FTP File TransferFunction 926 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.12.1.1 Host file list display 926 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.12.1.2 Host file search 929 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.12.1.3 Host file deletion 929 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.12.1.4 NC program input 930 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.12.1.5 NC program output 932 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.12.1.6 Input/output of various types of data 933 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.12.1.7 Checking and changing of the connection host 939 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. EDITING PROGRAMS 942 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1 INSERTING, ALTERING AND DELETING A WORD 943 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1.1 Word Search 944 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1.2 Heading a Program 946 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1.3 Inserting a Word 947 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1.4 Altering a Word 948 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1.5 Deleting a Word 949 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.2 DELETING BLOCKS 950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.2.1 Deleting a Block 950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.2.2 Deleting Multiple Blocks 951 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3 PROGRAM NUMBER SEARCH 952 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  • 24. B–63534EN/02 Table of Contents c–10 9.4 SEQUENCE NUMBER SEARCH 953 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5 DELETING PROGRAMS 955 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5.1 Deleting One Program 955 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5.2 Deleting All Programs 955 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5.3 Deleting More than One Program by Specifying a Range 956 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6 EXTENDED PART PROGRAM EDITING FUNCTION 957 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6.1 Copying an Entire Program 958 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6.2 Copying Part of a Program 959 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6.3 Moving Part of a Program 960 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6.4 Merging a Program 961 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6.5 Supplementary Explanation for Copying, Moving and Merging 962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6.6 Replacement of Words and Addresses 964 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.7 EDITING OF CUSTOM MACROS 966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.8 BACKGROUND EDITING 967 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.9 PASSWORD FUNCTION 968 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.10 COPYING A PROGRAM BETWEEN TWO PATHS 970 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.CREATING PROGRAMS 975 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1 CREATING PROGRAMS USING THE MDI PANEL 976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2 AUTOMATIC INSERTION OF SEQUENCE NUMBERS 977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3 CREATING PROGRAMS IN TEACH IN MODE (PLAYBACK) 979 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4 CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING WITH GRAPHIC FUNCTION 982 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.SETTING AND DISPLAYING DATA 986 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1 SCREENS DISPLAYED BY FUNCTION KEY POS 993 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1.1 Position Display in the Work Coordinate System 994 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1.2 Position Display in the Relative Coordinate System 996 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1.3 Overall Position Display 999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1.4 Presetting the Workpiece Coordinate System 1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1.5 ActualFeedrateDisplay 1002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1.6 Display of Run Time and Parts Count 1004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1.7 Setting the Floating Reference Position 1005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1.8 Operating Monitor Display 1006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 SCREENS DISPLAYED BY FUNCTION KEY PROG (IN MEMORY MODE OR MDI MODE) 1008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2.1 Program Contents Display 1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2.2 Current Block Display Screen 1010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2.3 Next Block Display Screen 1011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2.4 Program Check Screen 1012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2.5 Program Screen for MDI Operation 1015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2.6 Stamping the Machining Time 1016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3 SCREENS DISPLAYED BY FUNCTION KEY PROG (IN THE EDIT MODE) 1024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.1 Displaying Memory Used and a List of Programs 1024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.2 Displaying a Program List for a Specified Group 1027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4 SCREENS DISPLAYED BY FUNCTION KEY OFFSET SETTING 1030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.1 Setting and Displaying the Tool Offset Value 1031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  • 25. B–63534EN/02 Table of Contents c–11 11.4.2 Tool Length Measurement 1034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.3 Displaying and Entering Setting Data 1036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.4 Sequence Number Comparison and Stop 1038 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.5 Displaying and Setting Run Time, Parts Count, and Time 1040 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.6 Displaying and Setting the Workpiece Origin Offset Value 1042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.7 Direct Input of Measured Workpiece Origin Offsets 1043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.8 Displaying and Setting Custom Macro Common Variables 1045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.9 Displaying Pattern Data and Pattern Menu 1046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.10 Displaying and Setting the Software Operator’s Panel 1048 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.11 Displaying and Setting Tool Life Management Data 1050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.12 Displaying and Setting Extended Tool Life Management 1053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.13 Displaying and Setting Chopping Data 1058 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.14 Tool Length/Workpiece Origin Measurement B 1059 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.15 Displaying and Setting Rotary Table Dynamic Fixture Offset 1075 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5 SCREENS DISPLAYED BY FUNCTION KEY SYSTEM 1077 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5.1 Displayingand Setting Parameters 1077 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5.2 Displaying and Setting Pitch Error Compensation Data 1079 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6 DISPLAYING THE PROGRAM NUMBER, SEQUENCE NUMBER, AND STATUS, AND WARNING MESSAGES FOR DATA SETTING OR INPUT/OUTPUT OPERATION 1082 . . . . . 11.6.1 Displaying the Program Number and Sequence Number 1082 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.2 Displaying the Status and Warning for Data Setting or Input/Output Operation 1083 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.7 SCREENS DISPLAYED BY FUNCTION KEY MESSAGE 1085 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.7.1 ExternalOperator Message History Display 1085 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.8 CLEARING THE SCREEN 1087 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.8.1 EraseScreen Display 1087 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.8.2 Automatic Erase Screen Display 1088 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.GRAPHICS FUNCTION 1090 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1 GRAPHICS DISPLAY 1091 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.2 DYNAMIC GRAPHIC DISPLAY 1097 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.2.1 Path Drawing 1097 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.2.2 Solid Graphics 1106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.3 BACKGROUND DRAWING 1118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.HELP FUNCTION 1121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.SCREEN HARDCOPY 1126 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IV. MAINTENANCE 1. METHOD OF REPLACING BATTERY 1131 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 REPLACING BATTERY FOR LCD–MOUNTED TYPE i SERIES 1132 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2 REPLACING THE BATTERY FOR STAND–ALONE TYPE i SERIES 1135 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3 BATTERY IN THE CNC DISPLAY UNIT WITH PC FUNCTIONS (3 VDC) 1138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4 BATTERY FOR SEPARATE ABSOLUTE PULSE CODERS (6 VDC) 1140 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 BATTERY FOR BUILT–IN ABSOLUTE PULSE CODERS (DC6V) 1141 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5.1 Method of Replacing Battery for Servo Amplifier aiseries 1141 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5.2 Method of Replacing Battery for Servo Amplifier b series 1147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  • 26. B–63534EN/02 Table of Contents c–12 APPENDIX H. TAPE CODE LIST 1153 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I. LIST OF FUNCTIONS AND TAPE FORMAT 1156 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J. RANGE OF COMMAND VALUE 1163 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K. NOMOGRAPHS 1166 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.1 INCORRECT THREADED LENGTH 1167 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.2 SIMPLE CALCULATION OF INCORRECT THREAD LENGTH 1169 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.3 TOOL PATH AT CORNER 1171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.4 RADIUS DIRECTION ERROR AT CIRCLE CUTTING 1174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L. STATUS WHEN TURNING POWER ON, WHEN CLEAR AND WHEN RESET 1175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M. CHARACTER–TO–CODES CORRESPONDENCE TABLE 1177 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N. ALARM LIST 1178 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  • 28.
  • 29. GENERAL B–63534EN/02 1. GENERAL 3 1 GENERAL This manual consists of the following parts: I. GENERAL Describes chapter organization, applicable models, related manuals, and notes for reading this manual. II. PROGRAMMING Describes each function: Format used to program functions in the NC language, characteristics, and restrictions. When a program is created through conversational automatic programming function, refer to the manual for the conversational automatic programming function (Table 1). III. OPERATION Describes the manual operation and automatic operation of a machine, procedures for inputting and outputting data, and procedures for editing a program. IV. MAINTENANCE Describes procedures for replacing batteries. APPENDIX Lists tape codes, valid data ranges, and error codes. Some functions described in this manual may not be applied to some products. For detail, refer to the DESCRIPTIONS manual(B–63522EN). This manual does not describe parameters in detail. For details on parameters mentioned in this manual, refer to the manual for parameters (B–63530EN). This manual describes all optional functions. Look up the options incorporated into your system in the manual written by the machine tool builder. The models covered by this manual, and their abbreviations are: Model name Abbreviation FANUC Series 16i–MB 16i–MB Series 16i FANUC Series 160i–MB 160i–MB Series 160i FANUC Series 160is–MB 160is–MB Series 160is FANUC Series 18i–MB5 18i–MB5 Series 18i FANUC Series 180i–MB5 180i–MB5 Series 180i FANUC Series 180is–MB5 180is–MB5 Series 180is FANUC Series 18i–MB 18i–MB Series 18i About this manual
  • 30. GENERAL 1. GENERAL B–63534EN/02 4 Model name Abbreviation FANUC Series 180i–MB 180i–MB Series 180i FANUC Series 180is–MB 180is–MB Series 180is Remark)The 18i–MB5, 180i–MB5, 180is–MB5, 18i–MB, 180i–MB, and 180is–MB may be collectively referred to as the 18i/180i/ 180is–MB. This manual uses the following symbols: : Indicates a combination of axes such as X__ Y__ Z (used in PROGRAMMING.). : Indicates the end of a block. It actually corre- sponds to the ISO code LF or EIA code CR. The following table lists the manuals related to Series 16i, Series 18i, Series 21i, Series 160i, Series 180i, Series 210i, Series 160is, Series 180is, Series 210is–MODEL B. This manual is indicated by an asterisk(*). Related manuals of Series 16i/18i/21i/160i/180i/ 210i/160is/180is/210is MODEL B (1/2) Manual name Specification number DESCRIPTIONS B–63522EN CONNECTION MANUAL (HARDWARE) B–63523EN CONNECTION MANUAL (FUNCTION) B–63523EN–1 Series 16i/18i/160i/180i/160is/180is–TB OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63524EN Series 16i/160i/160is–MB, Series 18i/180i/180is–MB5, Series 18i/180i/180is–MB OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63534EN * Series 21i/210i/210is–TB OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63604EN Series 21i/210i/210is–MB OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63614EN MAINTENANCE MANUAL B–63525EN Series 16i/18i/160i/180i/160is/180is–MODEL B PARAMETER MANUAL B–63530EN Series 21i/210i/210is–MODEL B PARAMETER MANUAL B–63610EN PROGRAMMING MANUAL Macro Compiler/Macro Executor PROGRAMMING MANUAL B–61803E–1 C Language Executor PROGRAMMING MANUAL B–62443EN–3 FAPT MACRO COMPILER (For Personal Computer) PROGRAMMING MANUAL B–66102E Special symbols D IP D ; Related manuals of Series 16i/18i/21i/160i/180i/210i/16 0is/180is/210is–MODEL B
  • 31. GENERAL B–63534EN/02 1. GENERAL 5 Related manuals of Series 16i/18i/21i/160i/180i/ 210i/160is/180is/210is MODEL B (2/2) Manual name Specification number CAP (T series) FANUC Super CAPi T OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63284EN FANUC Symbol CAPi T OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63304EN MANUAL GUIDE For Lathe PROGRAMMING MANUAL B–63343EN MANUAL GUIDE For Lathe OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63344EN CAP (M series) FANUC Super CAPi M OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63294EN MANUAL GUIDE For Milling PROGRAMMING MANUAL B–63423EN MANUAL GUIDE For Milling OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63424EN PMC PMC Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL B–61863E PMC C Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL B–61863E–1 Network I/O Link–II OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–62924EN Profibus–DP Board OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–62924EN Ethernet Board/DATA SERVER Board OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63354EN FAST Ethernet Board/FAST DATA SERVER OPERA- TOR’S MANUAL B–63644EN DeviceNet Board OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63404EN PC function Screen Display Function OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63164EN The following table lists the manuals related to SERVO MOTOR ai series Manual name Specification number FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR ai seriesDESCRIPTIONS B–65262EN FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR ai series PARAMETER MANUAL B–65270EN FANUC AC SPINDLE MOTOR ai seriesDESCRIPTIONS B–65272EN FANUC AC SPINDLE MOTOR ai series PARAMETER MANUAL B–65280EN FANUC SERVO AMPLIFIER ai seriesDESCRIPTIONS B–65282EN FANUC SERVO MOTOR ai series MAINTENANCE MANUAL B–65285EN Related manuals of SERVO MOTOR ai series
  • 32. GENERAL 1. GENERAL B–63534EN/02 6 The following table lists the manuals related to SERVO MOTOR a series Manual name Specification number FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR a seriesDESCRIPTIONS B–65142 FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR a series PARAMETER MANUAL B–65150 FANUC AC SPINDLE MOTOR a seriesDESCRIPTIONS B–65152 FANUC AC SPINDLE MOTOR α series PARAMETER MANUAL B–65160 FANUC SERVO AMPLIFIER a seriesDESCRIPTIONS B–65162 FANUC SERVO MOTOR a series MAINTENANCE MANUAL B–65165 Either of the following servo motors and the corresponding spindle can be connected to the CNC covered in this manual. D FANUC SERVO MOTOR ai series D FANUC SERVO MOTOR a series This manual mainly assumes that the FANUC SERVO MOTOR i series of servo motor is used. For servo motor and spindle information, refer to the manuals for the servo motor and spindle that are actually connected. Related manuals of SERVO MOTOR a series
  • 33. GENERAL B–63534EN/02 1. GENERAL 7 When machining the part using the CNC machine tool, first prepare the program, then operate the CNC machine by using the program. 1) First, prepare the program from a part drawing to operate the CNC machine tool. How to prepare the program is described in the Chapter II. PROGRAMMING. 2) The program is to be read into the CNC system. Then, mount the workpieces and tools on the machine, and operate the tools according to the programming. Finally, execute the machining actually. How to operate the CNC system is described in the Chapter III. OPERATION. Part drawing Part programming CHAPTER II PROGRAMMING CHAPTER III OPERATION CNC MACHINE TOOL Before the actual programming, make the machining plan for how to machine the part. Machining plan 1. Determination of workpieces machining range 2. Method of mounting workpieces on the machine tool 3. Machining sequence in every machining process 4. Machining tools and machining Decide the machining method in every machining process. Machiningprocess 1 2 3 Machiningprocess Machiningprocedure Face cutting Side cutting Hole machining 1. Machining method : Rough Semi Finish 2. Machining tools 3. Machining conditions : Feedrate Cutting depth 4. Tool path 1.1 GENERAL FLOW OF OPERATION OF CNC MACHINE TOOL
  • 34. GENERAL 1. GENERAL B–63534EN/02 8 Tool Side cutting Face cutting Hole machining Prepare the program of the tool path and machining condition according to the workpiece figure, for each machining.
  • 35. GENERAL B–63534EN/02 1. GENERAL 9 CAUTION 1 The function of an CNC machine tool system depends not only on the CNC, but on the combination of the machine tool, its magnetic cabinet, the servo system, the CNC, the operator’s panels, etc. It is too difficult to describe the function, programming, and operation relating to all combinations. This manual generally describes these from the stand–point of the CNC. So, for details on a particular CNC machine tool, refer to the manual issued by the machine tool builder, which should take precedence over this manual. 2 Headings are placed in the left margin so that the reader can easily access necessary information. When locating the necessary information, the reader can save time by searching though these headings. 3 This manual describes as many reasonable variations in equipment usage as possible. It cannot address every combination of features, options and commands that should not be attempted. If a particular combination of operations is not described, it should not be attempted. CAUTION Machining programs, parameters, variables, etc. are stored in the CNC unit internal non–volatile memory. In general, these contents are not lost by the switching ON/OFF of the power. However, it is possible that a state can occur where precious data stored in the non–volatile memory has to be deleted, because of deletions from a maloperation, or by a failure restoration. In order to restore rapidly when this kind of mishap occurs, it is recommended that you create a copy of the various kinds of data beforehand. 1.2 NOTES ON READING THIS MANUAL 1.3 NOTES ON VARIOUS KINDS OF DATA
  • 36.
  • 38.
  • 40. PROGRAMMING 1. GENERAL B–63534EN/02 14 The tool moves along straight lines and arcs constituting the workpiece parts figure (See II–4). The function of moving the tool along straight lines and arcs is called the interpolation. Program G01 X_ _ Y_ _ ; X_ _ ; Tool Workpiece Fig. 1.1 (a) Tool movement along a straight line Program G03X_ _Y_ _R_ _; Workpiece Tool Fig. 1.1 (b) Tool movement along an arc 1.1 TOOL MOVEMENT ALONG WORKPIECE PARTS FIGURE– INTERPOLATION Explanations D Tool movement along a straight line D Tool movement along an arc
  • 41. PROGRAMMING B–63534EN/02 1. GENERAL 15 Symbols of the programmed commands G01, G02, ... are called the preparatory function and specify the type of interpolation conducted in the control unit. (a) Movement along straight line G01 Y_ _; X– –Y– – – –; (b) Movement along arc G03X––Y––R––; Control unit X axis Y axis Tool move- ment Interpolation a)Movement along straight line b)Movement along arc Fig. 1.1 (c) Interpolation function NOTE Some machines move tables instead of tools but this manual assumes that tools are moved against workpieces.
  • 42. PROGRAMMING 1. GENERAL B–63534EN/02 16 Movement of the tool at a specified speed for cutting a workpiece is called the feed. Tool Workpiece Table F mm/min Fig. 1.2 (a) Feed function Feedratescan be specified by using actual numerics. For example, to feed the tool at a rate of 150 mm/min, specify the following in the program: F150.0 The function of deciding the feed rate is called the feed function (See II–5). 1.2 FEED–FEED FUNCTION
  • 43. PROGRAMMING B–63534EN/02 1. GENERAL 17 A CNC machine tool is provided with a fixed position. Normally, tool change and programming of absolute zero point as described later are performed at this position. This position is called the reference position. Reference position Tool Workpiece Table Fig. 1.3.1 (a) Reference position The tool can be moved to the reference position in two ways: (1)Manual reference position return (See III–3.1) Reference position return is performed by manual button operation. (2)Automatic reference position return (See II–6) In general, manual reference position return is performed first after the power is turned on. In order to move the tool to the reference position for tool change thereafter, the function of automatic reference position return is used. 1.3 PART DRAWING AND TOOL MOVEMENT 1.3.1 Reference Position (Machine–Specific Position) Explanations
  • 44. PROGRAMMING 1. GENERAL B–63534EN/02 18 Z Y X Part drawing Z Y X Coordinate system Z Y X Tool Workpiece Machine tool Program Command CNC Fig. 1.3.2 (a) Coordinate system The following two coordinate systems are specified at differentlocations: (See II–7) (1)Coordinate system on part drawing The coordinate system is written on the part drawing. As the program data, the coordinate values on this coordinate system are used. (2)Coordinate system specified by the CNC The coordinate system is prepared on the actual machine tool table. This can be achieved by programming the distance from the current position of the tool to the zero point of the coordinate system to be set. 230 300 Program zero point Distance to the zero point of a coor- dinate system to be set Present tool position Y X Fig. 1.3.2 (b) Coordinate system specified by the CNC 1.3.2 Coordinate System on Part Drawing and Coordinate System Specified by CNC – Coordinate System Explanations D Coordinate system
  • 45. PROGRAMMING B–63534EN/02 1. GENERAL 19 The positional relation between these two coordinate systems is determined when a workpiece is set on the table. Y Y Table Workpiece X X Coordinate system spe- cified by the CNC estab- lished on the table Coordinate system on part drawing estab- lished on the work- piece Fig. 1.3.2 (c) Coordinate system specified by CNC and coordinate systemon part drawing The tool moves on the coordinate system specified by the CNC in accordance with the command program generated with respect to the coordinate system on the part drawing, and cuts a workpiece into a shape on the drawing. Therefore, in order to correctly cut the workpiece as specified on the drawing, the two coordinate systems must be set at the same position. To set the two coordinate systems at the same position, simple methods shall be used according to workpiece shape, the number of machinings. (1)Using a standard plane and point of the workpiece. Program zero point Y X Workpiece’s standard point Fixed distance Bring the tool center to the workpiece standard point. And set the coordinate system specified by CNC at this position. Fixed distance D Methods of setting the two coordinate systems in the same position
  • 46. PROGRAMMING 1. GENERAL B–63534EN/02 20 (2)Mounting a workpiece directly against the jig Jig Programzero point Meet the tool center to the reference position. And set the coordinate system specified by CNC at this position. (Jig shall be mounted on the predetermined point from the reference position.) (3)Mounting a workpiece on a pallet, then mounting the workpiece and pallet on the jig ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ Pallet (Jig and coordinate system shall be specified by the same as (2)). Jig Workpiece
  • 47. PROGRAMMING B–63534EN/02 1. GENERAL 21 Command for moving the tool can be indicated by absolute command or incremental command (See II–8.1). The tool moves to a point at “the distance from zero point of the coordinate system” that is to the position of the coordinate values. B(10.0,30.0,20.0) Y X Tool A Commandspecifying movement from point A to point B Z G90 X10.0 Y30.0 Z20.0 ; Coordinates of point B Specify the distance from the previous tool position to the next tool position. Y X Z A B X=40.0 Z=–10.0 G91 X40.0 Y–30.0 Z–10.0 ; Distance and direction for movement along each axis Tool Command specifying movement from point A to point B Y=–30.0 1.3.3 How to Indicate Command Dimensions for Moving the Tool – Absolute, Incremental Commands Explanations D Absolute command D Incremental command